ND2O-EU15B
(영어
|
미국)
GENESIS G90
GENESIS G90
2022 OWNER’S MANUAL
영
어
|
미
국
2022 OWNER’S MANUAL
“For clean future, Genesis Branded Vehicle
use environmentally friendly paper to
produce owner's manual.”
HI G90 영어미국 ND2O-EU15B.indd 1-3HI G90 영어미국 ND2O-EU15B.indd 1-3 2021-04-29 오전 11:44:102021-04-29 오전 11:44:10
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new Genesis Branded
Vehicle are found in Section 7. As the owner, it is your responsibility
to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer
are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used
in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required
for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating
conditions are also included in Section 7.
WARNING – California Proposition 65
“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off- road vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your
vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or
wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle.
For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.”
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it
when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
OWNER’S INFORMATION
ORIGINAL OWNER
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
DELIVERY DATE
(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
DEALER NAME
DEALER NO.
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
HI G90 영어미국 ND2O-EU15B.indd 4-6HI G90 영어미국 ND2O-EU15B.indd 4-6 2021-04-29 오전 11:44:102021-04-29 오전 11:44:10
OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL
OOppeerraattiioonn
M
Maaiinntteennaannccee
S
Sppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at
the time of publication. However, Genesis Branded
Vehicle reserves the right to make changes at any
time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle
models and includes descriptions and explanations
of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that
does not apply to your specific vehicle.
F2
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such
modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durabil-
ity of your Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate con-
ditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifica-
tions may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other elec-
tronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted
two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic sys-
tems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the
radio manufacturer’s instructions or consult your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE
INSTALLATION
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAU-
TION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
DANGER indicates a haz-
ardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
DANGER
WARNING indicates a haz-
ardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
CAUTION indicates a haz-
ardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could
result in vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Introduction
F3
Your Genesis Branded vehicle may be equipped with technologies and
services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle
has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these tech-
nologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy at HYPERLINK
http://www.genesis.com/us/en/my-privacy-rights.html#owner.
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy
Policy, please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday
through Friday between the hours of 5:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and
Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, repre-
sentatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and
3:00 PM PST.
Genesis Branded Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy
Introduction
IINNTTRROODDUUCCTTIIOONN
Introduction
F4
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing the Genesis Branded Vehicle.
We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people
who drive the Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced
engineering and high-quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle
we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your
new Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis
Branded Vehicle, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual care-
fully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended
to familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can
safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance
safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and mainte-
nance on your car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products. Retailers of Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide
high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle,
and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The man-
ual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with
important operating, safety and maintenance information.
Copyright 2021 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted
in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis
Customer Care.
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of
poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded
Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and
lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
CAUTION
GGEENNEESSIISS CCUUSSTTOOMMEERR CCAARREE
1. What are Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are the same parts
used by HYUNDAI Motor
Company to manufacture vehi-
cles. They are designed and test-
ed for the optimum safety, per-
formance, and reliability to our
customers.
2. Why should you use Genuine
Genesis Parts?
Genuine Genesis Parts are engi-
neered and built to meet rigid man-
ufacturing requirements. Damage
caused by using imitation, counter-
feit or used salvage parts is not
covered under the Genesis
Branded New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or fail-
ure of Genuine Genesis Part
caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage part is not covered by any
Genesis Branded Vehicle
Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing Genuine Genesis
Parts?
Look for the Genuine Genesis
Parts Logo on the package.
Genuine Genesis Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
Genuine Genesis Parts are only
sold through an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
GGUUIIDDEE TTOO GGEENNUUIINNEE GGEENNEESSIISS PPAARRTTSS
F5
Introduction
■ Type A
ODH027037
■ Type B
ODH027036
■ Type A
ODH027034
■ Type B
ODH027035
■ Type A
ODH027033
■ Type B
ODH027032
Introduction
F6
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi-
cle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview
of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front
of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of
Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of
the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page
number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page
edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navi-
gating through the manual.
HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL
SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual
provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This
information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well
as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these
hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure
to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential phys-
ical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to
avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the
signal words DANGER,
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moder-
ate injury.
CAUTION
WARNING indicates a haz-
ardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result
in vehicle damage.
NOTICE
FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS
F7
Introduction
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEAD-
ED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle
performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91
(Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended. (Do not use
methanol blended fuels.)
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add
any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has
been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for addi-
tional information.
NOTICE
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refu-
eling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Introduction
F8
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are
being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For
example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso-
line or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause dri-
vability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-
cent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in
poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel sys-
tem. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to
the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine
resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
NOTICE
NOTICE
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as
MMT (
Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl
)
.
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline contain-
ing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission
control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treat-
ed with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help
prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run
cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more
information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website
(www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based
fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added
to the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
F9
Introduction
Introduction
F10
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental
safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modifica-
tion may not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to oper-
ate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do
not use unauthorized electronic devices.
All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine
sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, we rec-
ommend you to purchase Genuine Genesis Part to replace an exterior
amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the
exterior amplifiers.
NOTICE
VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
F11
Introduction
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-
erly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance, engine oil consumption may vary
depending on vehicle break-in process and be stabilized after driving about
4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume more oil during the
vehicle break-in period.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproduc-
tive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain
lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
WARNING
Introduction
F12
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main
purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situ-
ations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed.The
EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR
in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are record-
ed. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the spe-
cial equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehi-
cle or the EDR.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Safety System of Your Vehicle
Convenience Features of Your Vehicle
Infotainment System
Driving Your Vehicle
What to Do in an Emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Index
1
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
II
11
TTAABBLLEE OOFF CCOONNTTEENNTTSS
1
11.. YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee aatt aa GGllaannccee
Exterior Overview ..........................1-2
Interior Overview ..........................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview (l) ......1-5
Instrument Panel Overview (ll) ....1-6
Engine Compartment ....................1-7
1. Hood.....................................................3-45
2. Headlamp.............................................7-72
3. Tires and wheels...........................7-39, 8-4
4. Outer side view mirror..........................3-34
5. Sunroof.................................................3-41
6. Front windshield wiper blades..............7-33
7. Windows...............................................3-33
8. Side repeater lamp...............................7-72
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW
1-2
Your vehicle at a glance
OHI019001N
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
9. Door locks..............................................3-9
10. Fuel filler door ....................................3-55
11. Rear combination lamp ......................7-73
12. Trunk ..................................................3-46
13. Defroster ..........................................3-131
/ Glass antenna ....................................4-3
14. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-73
15. Combination antenna ..........................4-3
16. Rear view camera ............................3-114
17. Trunk open switch ..............................3-36
1-3
0011
OHI019002N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
■ Rear view
1. Door lock/unlock button..........................3-11
2. Seat position memory system ...............3-16
3. Side view mirror folding switch...............3-35
4. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-35
5. Power window lock switch......................3-40
6. Central door lock switch .........................3-12
7. Power window switches .........................3-37
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch......................................................3-59
9. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA) switch...........................................5-68
10. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) switch.....5-124
11. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button ...........................................5-33
12. Fuel filler door release button ..............3-55
13. Power trunk main control button ..........3-46
14. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...........5-22
15. Hood release lever ...............................3-45
16. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic control....3-21
17. Steering wheel......................................3-20
18. Seat adjustment switch ..........................2-4
IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW
1-4
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI018003
1. Instrument cluster...................................3-58
2. Horn........................................................3-22
3. Driver's front air bag...............................2-59
4. Engine Start/Stop button..........................5-6
5. Audio / Video / Navigation system ...........4-5
6. Hazard warning flasher ............................6-2
7. Clock..........................................AVN manual
8. Climate control system.........................3-121
9. Passenger’s front air bag .......................2-59
10. Glove box ...........................................3-144
11. Automatic transmission shift lever........5-10
12. Surround view monitor .......................3-118
13. Parking distance warning system ......3-106
14. Auto Hold..............................................5-27
15. Drive mode button ................................5-45
16. Center control panel...............................4-5
17. Seat warmers and coolers ...................2-28
18. Heated steering wheel switch..............3-21
19. Rear window sunshade folding
button..................................................3-153
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))
1-5
0011
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI019004N
1-6
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Audio remote control buttons................4-4
2.
Bluetooth
®
wireless technology ............4-6
3. Paddle shifter (manual shift mode).....5-15
4. Light control / Turn signals lever .........3-92
5. Wiper and washer control lever ........3-104
6. LCD display control.............................3-82
7. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle
distance button....................................5-103
8. Smart cruise control switch...................5-96
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI018005
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
OHI078001/OHI078003
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1-7
0011
1. Engine coolant reservoir.....................7-26
2. Radiator cap .......................................7-27
3. Brake fluid reservoir............................7-29
4. Air cleaner...........................................7-31
5. Engine oil dipstick...............................7-23
6. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-23
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.......7-30
8. Fuse box .............................................7-56
9. Jumper terminal ....................................6-5
■
■
3.3 T-GDI
■
■
5.0 GDI
2
22.. SSaaffeettyy SSyysstteemm ooff YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee
Important Safety Precautions ......2-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt .............2-2
Restrain All Children.........................2-2
Air Bag Hazards ................................2-2
Driver Distraction..............................2-2
Control Your Speed ..........................2-3
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition .........................................2-3
Seats ..............................................2-4
Safety Precautions ...........................2-6
Front Seats ........................................2-7
Rear Seats........................................2-14
Head Restraints ..............................2-22
Seat Warmers and Coolers ............2-28
Seat Belts .....................................2-32
Seat Belt Safety Precautions .........2-32
Seat Belt Warning Light .................2-33
Seat Belt Restraint System ............2-34
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)..............2-41
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions....................................2-42
Care of Seat Belts...........................2-45
Child Restraint System ...............2-46
Children Always in the Rear ..........2-46
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS) ................................2-47
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS).................................2-49
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental
Restraint System..........................2-57
Where Are the Air Bags?................2-59
How Does the Air Bags System
Operate? ........................................2-63
What to Expect after an Air Bag
Inflates............................................2-67
Occupant Classification
System (OCS) ................................2-68
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a
Collision? ........................................2-74
SRS Care..........................................2-79
Additional Safety Precautions ......2-80
Air Bag Warning Labels ..................2-81
2-2
Safety system of your vehicle
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this
manual. The safety precautions in
this section are among the most
important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not proper-
ly restrained. Infants, young children,
and shorter adults are at the greatest
risk of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Follow all instructions and warn-
ings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe-
cially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array of
potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driv-
ing. To help reduce your risk of dis-
traction or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use. NEVER
text or email while driving. Most
states have laws prohibiting drivers
from texting. Some states and
cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road
to always drive safely, with your
hands on the wheel as well as your
eyes and attention on the road.
IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS
2-3
0022
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current condi-
tions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechani-
cal failure can be extremely haz-
ardous. To help reduce the possibility
of such problems, check your tire
pressures and condition frequently,
and perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
2-4
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward
/ Seat cushion tilt adjustment
/ Seat cushion height adjustment
(2) Seat cushion extension adjust-
ment
(3) Seatback angle adjustment
(4) Lumbar support adjustment
(5) Seatback bolster adjustment
(6) Seat position memory system
(7) Head restraint adjustment
(8) Shoulder adjustment
(9) Seat warmer
/ Seat cooler (by air)
(10) Walk-in seat switch
(for front passenger seat)
SSEEAATTSS
OHI039001N
[A] : Driver’s side, [B] : Passenger’s side
2-5
0022
OHI039090N
Rear seat
(11) Seat sliding forward or rearward
/Seat cushion tilt adjustment
(right side)
(12) Seat sliding or shoulder adjust-
ment
(13) Lumbar support adjustment
(14) Head restraint adjustment
(15) FRONT button
(to control front passenger seat)
(16) Seat mode switches
(17) Seat warmer
(18) Seat cooler
(19) RSE (Rear Seat Entertainment)
LOCKED indicator
(20) Rear window sunshade control
(details in Chapter 3)
(21) Armrest
(22) Ski through
(23) Seat position memory system
(details in Chapter 3)
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B, [C] : Type C
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-
ting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
Air bags
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflat-
ing air bag. Sitting too close to an air
bag greatly increases the risk of
injury in the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the
seat and the passenger. The
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a
sudden stop. Serious or fatal
internal injuries could result
because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death from an
inflating air bag, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far
to the rear as possible while
maintaining the ability to
maintain full control of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger
seat as far to the rear as pos-
sible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to
minimize the risk of injuries to
your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or any-
one between you and the
steering wheel and the air
bag.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the
risk of leg injuries.
WARNING
2-7
0022
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Children who have outgrown
a booster seat must be restrained
using the seat belts.
Front Seats
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument panel.
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or
small infants to ride on a pas-
senger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck, across
sharp edges, or reroute the
shoulder strap away from
your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
and proper locking of the
seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette
lighter on the floor or seat.
When you operate the seat,
gas may exit out of the lighter
causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when
picking up small objects
trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the cen-
ter console. Your hands might
be cut or injured by the sharp
edges of the seat mechanism.
WARNING
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has been adjusted
as far forward or rearward as
possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the engine
is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunc-
tion.
NOTICE
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion for-
ward may cause strong pres-
sure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
engine is turned off.
WARNING
2-9
0022
Forward and rearward adjust-
ment
To move the seat forward or rear-
ward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Information
The forward/rearward seat adjust-
ment may be restricted, when the seat-
back is leaned back. Adjust your seat,
as follows, before adjusting the seat
position rearward.
- Push and hold the control switch
rearward as far as possible, release
the control switch, and re-push the
control switch rearward again.
Then, the seat position is adjusted
rearward, while putting the seat-
back upright.
Seat cushion extension adjust-
ment (for driver's seat)
To move the front part of the cushion
forward:
1. Push the front part of the control
switch to move the seat cushion
to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
To move the front part of the cushion
rearward:
1. Push the rear part of the control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
Be careful not to damage your
body or clothes when using the
cushion adjustment.
NOTICE
i
OHI038002
OHI038003
2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
Information
The seatback angle adjustment may
be restricted, when the seatback is
reclined to some point. At this time,
release the seatback angle switch and
then re-push the switch rearward. The
front seat will slide forward and the
seatback angle will recline even more.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be danger-
ous. Even when buckled up, the pro-
tections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger’s neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
i
OHI038004
NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of seri-
ous or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
WARNING
2-11
0022
Seat cushion height and tilt
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part
of the cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Lumbar support
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
OHI038006OHI038005
2-12
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat shoulder adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the shoulder
angle to the desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
1. Push the adjustment lever clock-
wise, the seatback bolster will be
adjusted inward. Push the switch
counterclockwise, the seatback
bolster will be adjusted outward.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
Information
To adjust the bolster height to its max-
imum in the default state, operate the
lever for approximately 8 seconds.
After that, release the lever because
there is no change in height even if you
continue to operate the lever.
i
OHI038082
OHI038007
2-13
0022
Easy access switch
(for passenger's seat)
A front seat moves slightly rearward,
when a passenger opens a front
door with the DOOR indicator illumi-
nated. However, this function does
not work if the seat is already at its
farthest rear position.
A front seat moves slightly forward
when a passenger closes a front
door with the DOOR indicator illumi-
nated.
To deactivate the easy access func-
tion, press the DOOR switch (indica-
tor OFF).
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front seatbacks.
OHI038015
To prevent the Occupant
Classification System from mal-
functioning:
Do not hang onto the driver's
and front passenger's seatback.
WARNING
OHI038073
2-14
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seats
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has been adjusted
as far forward or rearward as
possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the engine
is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary drain of the bat-
tery.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunc-
tion.
Seat sliding, seatback angle and
seat cushion tilt adjustment
(if equipped)
Vehicles not equipped with shoul-
der adjustment
• Seat sliding
Push the control switch (1) forward
or rearward to slide the seat to the
desired position. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position. The seatback
angle is adjusted automatically
along with the seat sliding position.
• Seatback angle
Push the control switch (2) forward
or rearward to move the seatback
angle to the desired position.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position. The
seat sliding position is adjusted
automatically along with the seat-
back angle.
NOTICE
NEVER adjust the rear power
seats when a Child Restraint
System is installed in that seat.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion for-
ward may cause strong pres-
sure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
WARNING
OHI038072
2-15
0022
Vehicles equipped with shoulder
adjustment
• Seat sliding and Seatback angle
Push the control switch (1) forward
or rearward to slide the seat and
seatback angle to the desired posi-
tion. Release the switch once the
seat reaches the desired position.
• Shoulder adjustment
Push the control switch (2) forward
or rearward to move the shoulder
angle to the desired position.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Cushion tilt adjustment
(1, if equipped)
Push the front portion of the control
switch (1) up to raise or down to
lower the front part of the seat cush-
ion.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
Do not adjust your seat position
forward while fastening the
seatbelt. It may apply abnormal-
ly high pressure on your
abdomen. Adjust your seat
position first, and then fasten
the seatbelt.
WARNING
OHI038083
2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
Easy access switch (if equipped)
Vehicles equipped with the IMS
The rear seat moves slightly rear-
ward, when a passenger opens the
rear door with the DOOR indicator
illuminated.
The rear seat moves slightly forward
when a passenger closes the rear
door with the DOOR indicator illumi-
nated.
To deactivate the easy access func-
tion, press the DOOR switch (indica-
tor OFF).
Vehicles not quipped with the IMS
For vehicles equipped with rear
power seats, the rear seat moves
slightly rearward, when a passenger
opens the rear door.
The rear seat moves slightly forward
when a passenger closes the rear
door.
❈ IMS : Integrated Memory System
Additional switches for adjust-
ing the front passenger seat
Walk-in seat switch
The rear seat passenger may use
the switches to control the front pas-
senger seat.
• Sliding forward or rearward:
To move the front passenger seat
forward, press the switch (1). To
move the front passenger seat rear-
ward, press the switch (2).
• Angle adjustment:
To recline the front passenger seat
forward, press the switch (3). To
recline the front passenger seat rear-
ward, press the switch (4).
OHI038016
Do not adjust the passenger seat
when a passenger is seated.
WARNING
OHI038073
2-17
0022
VIP switches for adjusting the front
passenger seat (if equipped)
A passenger, who occupies a rear
seat behind the front passenger's
seat, can control the front passen-
ger’s seat position by operating the
switch.
Information
VIP convenient function switches for
adjusting the front passenger's seat do
not operate in the following situations.
- A passenger occupies the front pas-
senger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passen-
ger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-
tened.
Press the FRONT button. When the
FRONT indicator illuminates, a rear
seat passenger can control the front
passenger's seat position back and
forth (1), seat cushion height (2),
seatback angle (3), and head
restraint position (4).
When the VIP convenient function is
not used over a certain period of
time, the FRONT indicator automati-
cally goes out. Then, the switches
may be used to control the rear seat.
A rear seat passenger can control
the front passenger's seat position
back and forth (1) and seatback
angle (2).
Information
Rear seat controls can be deactivated
or activated using the AVN system.
For more information, refer to the
"Setup" section of the AVN system
manual.
i
i
OHI038074
OHI039017N
■ Type B
■ Type A
2-18
Safety system of your vehicle
VIP seat mode switches
(if equipped)
Relaxation mode
Press the switch (1) to adjust both
the front passenger's seat and the
rear seat, as follows.
• Front passenger's seat
1. The seat position is adjusted for-
ward, the seatback is leaned for-
ward, and the head restraint is
lowered.
2. The head restraint is moved
rearward, and the seat cushion
tilt is lowered.
3.The seat cushion height is low-
ered.
• Rear seat
1. The seatback (including the
shoulder portion) is leaned back,
the head restraint is moved rear-
ward, and the head restraint is
lowered.
2. The seat position is adjusted for-
ward, the seat cushion tilt is
raised and the lower lumbar sup-
port is increased.
Information
Relaxation mode switches for adjust-
ing the front passenger's seat do not
operate in the following situations.
- When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position.
- A passenger occupies the front pas-
senger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passen-
ger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-
tened.
• Do not re-press the relaxation
mode switch again, while oper-
ating the seat positions for
relaxation mode. It may abruptly
stop the seat movement.
• When you operate the seat con-
trol switch while adjusting the
seat positions for the relaxation
mode, it stops the automatic
seat position adjustment. In this
case, manually adjust the seat
positions.
• Any items, which occupy the
front passenger's seat, may get
damaged while automatically
adjusting the seat positions for
the relaxation mode. Do not put
any items on the front passen-
ger's seat.
NOTICE
i
OHI038081
2-19
0022
Return function
Press the switch (2) to adjust both
the front passenger's seat and the
rear seat, as follows.
• Rear seat
1. The seat position is adjusted to
the rearmost position, the seat
cushion tilt is adjusted to the
lowest position, and the lumbar
support is decreased.
2. The head restraint is lowered,
and the seatback (including the
shoulder portion) is leaned
backward.
• Front passenger's seat
1. The seat position is adjusted
rearward, and the seatback is
leaned back.
2. The seat cushion height is
raised, and the head restraint is
adjusted to the lowest height.
Information
Return function switch for adjusting
the front passenger's seat do not oper-
ate in the following situations.
- When Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position.
- A passenger occupies the front pas-
senger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passen-
ger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-
tened.
• Do not re-press return function
switch again, while operating
the seat positions for relaxation
mode. It may abruptly stop the
seat movement.
• When you operate the control
switch while adjusting the seat
positions with return function
switch, it stops the automatic
seat position adjustment. In this
case, manually adjust the seat
positions.
NOTICE
i
2-20
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear switches operating limita-
tion
To activate or deactivate the rear
seat controls, go to the AVN system
screen and select 'Setup → General
Settings' and select or deselect 'Lock
Rear Controls' (the RSE LOCKED
indicator on the rear armrest will turn
off).
If the 'Lock Rear Controls' is selected
(the RSE LOCKED indicator on the
rear armrest will turn on), the rear
controls are inoperable. If the 'Lock
Rear Controls' is deselected (the
RSE LOCKED indicator on the rear
armrest will turn off), the rear con-
trols are enabled.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Deactivate the rear switch oper-
ation (RSE LOCKED indicator is
on) when a child occupies a
rear seat.
CAUTION
OHI039030N
OHI039076N
OHI039189N
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type C
2-21
0022
Armrest
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat.
Grab the handle (1) on the upper end
of the arm rest. Then, pull down the
handle to use the arm rest.
Cup holder/Storage compartment
For further details, refer to ''Rear
Console Storage'' and ''Cup Holder''
in chapter 3.
• Do not put any items on the rear
center seat.Those items may get
damaged, when the arm rest is
pulled down.
• Do not attempt to fold back the
arm rest, when the cup holder is
extended out.
Carrying long/narrow cargo
Additional cargo space is provided to
accommodate long/narrow cargo
(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-
erly in the trunk when closed.
1. Pull the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing
the release lever down.
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger
seats to prevent damage to the
vehicle interior.
• When both the armrest and the
panel, are folded down, put back
the panel first, before folding
back the armrest. If not, the
panel knobs and the arm rest
knobs may interfere with each
other and get damaged.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI038031OHI038026
2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly
they are designed to help protect
passengers from whiplash and other
neck and spinal injuries during an
accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death in an acci-
dent, take the following precau-
tions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passen-
gers BEFORE starting the
vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a
seat with the head restraints
removed or reversed.
WARNING
Cargo should always be secured
to prevent it from being thrown
about the vehicle in a collision
and causing injury to the vehicle
occupants. Do not place objects
in the rear seats, since they can-
not be properly secured and
may hit the front seat occupants
in a collision.
WARNING
• Make sure the engine is off,
the vehicle is shifted to P
(Park) and the parking brake
is applied whenever loading
or unloading cargo. The vehi-
cle may move if the shift lever
is inadvertently moved to
another position.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
CAUTION
2-23
0022
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
Front seat head restraints
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
head restraints for the passengers
safety and comfort.
Forward and rearward adjustment
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the head
restraint.
2. Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired posi-
tion.
NOTICE
OHI038008
OHI038133L
• Adjust the head restraints so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head
restraint position of the dri-
ver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after
adjusting it.
OHI039190N
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the head restraints to the
lowest position. The rear seat
head restraints can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
CAUTION
2-24
Safety system of your vehicle
Adjusting the height up and down
1. Push the control switch up to raise
or down to lower the head
restraint.
2. Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired posi-
tion.
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the head
restraint and seat cushion raised,
the head restraint may come in
contact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) using the
seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
3. Insert a thin-pointed tool into the
head restraint adjustment pole (3),
and then remove the head
restraint (4).
NOTICE
OHI038011OHI038009
OHI038136
2-25
0022
To reinstall the head restraint :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Push the head restraint height
control switch (1) up as far as it
can go.
3. Put the head restraint poles (2).
4. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height (3).
5. Recline the seatback (5) using the
seatback angle switch (4).
Rear seat head restraints
The rear seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating
positions for the passenger's safety
and comfort.
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
• Adjusting the height up and down
(manual, if equipped)
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release but-
ton (2) on the head restraint sup-
port.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OHI038020
OHI039134N
OHI038071
2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
Power adjustment (if equipped)
• Adjusting the height up and down
1. Push the control switch up to
raise or down to lower the head
restraint.
2. Release the switch once the
head restraint reaches the
desired position.
• Adjusting the head restraints for-
ward and rearward
1. Push the control switch forward to
move the head restraint forward.
Push the control switch rearward
to move the head restraint rear-
ward.
2. Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired posi-
tion.
Pay extreme caution not to dam-
age the connectors, while remov-
ing the head restraint. If the con-
nectors are damaged, the head
restraint power adjustment may
not work properly.
NOTICE
OHI038021
OHI038022
2-27
0022
Folding the center head restraint
(if equipped)
To fold the center head restraint :
• When the rear-center head
restraint is not used, manually fold
back the rear-center head restraint
while pressing the button (1) on the
side. To use the rear-center head
restraint again, manually pull up
the rear-center head restraint, until
it is securely latched.
• You can remove the rear-center
head restraint by manually pulling
up the rear-center head restraint,
while pressing the release button
(2).
• You can adjust the rear-center
head restraint to the further lower
height by pressing the button (2),
which is located under the rear-
center head restraint, with the arm-
rest folded back.
Information
If the center head restraint is in the
lowest position, raise the head
restraint before folding back the arm-
rest.
i
OHI038130
When the center head restraint
is not in use, fold the head
restraint back to prevent it from
interfering with your vision
through the rear window.
CAUTION
2-28
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Coolers
Seat warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer.
NOTICE
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in
operation, such as a blanket or
seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat,
causing a burn or damage to
the seat.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
temperatures and especially if
used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too
warm so they can turn it off, if
needed.
People who cannot detect tem-
perature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme cau-
tion, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
WARNING
2-29
0022
While the engine is running, push
the switch to warm the seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows:
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automat-
ically control the seat temperature
in order to prevent low temperature
burns after being manually turned
ON.
You may manually press the switch
to increase seat temperature.
However, it soon returns to auto-
matic mode.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer automatically
turns off if a passenger is not seat-
ed for approximately 40 minutes.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
OHI038014
■ Front
OHI039032N
■ Rear
• Type A
OHI039077N
■ Rear
• Type B
OHI039191N
■ Rear
• Type C
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
→
30min
60min
2-30
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat coolers (if equipped)
The seat coolers are provided to
cool the seats by blowing air through
small vent holes on the surface of the
seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the seat cool-
er is not needed, keep the switches
in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the
air flow changes as follows:
• If the seat cooler for the rear seat is
positioned at HIGH, the airflow
speed will increase according to
vehicle speed (e.g. If vehicle speed
is high, airflow speed will increase.)
OHI038131
■ Front
OHI039033N
■ Rear
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
2-31
0022
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
cooler operating, the seat cooler
will turn OFF.
• The seat cooler automatically turns
off if a passenger is not seated for
approximately 40 minutes.
• The seat cooler defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
Information
• If the outside temperature is under
33°F (2°C), the seat cooler may not
operate.
• Use the seat cooler when the climate
control system is on. Using the seat
cooler for prolonged periods of time
with the climate control system off
could cause the climate control seat
performance to be reduced.
To prevent damage to the seat
cooler and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-
face of the seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
to become blocked and not work
properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers
under the seats. They may block
the air intake causing the air
vents to not work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It
may damage the seat cooler.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no
change, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
i
2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
This section describes how to use
the seat belts properly. It also
describes some of the things not to
do when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fas-
tened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an addi-
tional safety device, but they are not
a substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehi-
cle is moving. Take the following
precautions when adjusting
and wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must
be seated in the front seat,
move the seat as far back as
possible and properly restrain
them in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or
child to be carried on an occu-
pant's lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
WARNING
• Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back.
• Always wear both the shoul-
der portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
2-33
0022
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position regardless of
belt fastening. At this time, if the seat
belt is not fastened a warning chime
will sound for 6 seconds.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning
chime will sound for approximately
100 seconds and the corresponding
warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and
the corresponding warning light will
blink.
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or
damaged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
WARNING
OHI038167
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
Front passenger's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warn-
ing lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position regardless of belt
fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 sec-
onds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Seat Belt Restraint System
Improperly positioned seat
belts may increase the risk of
serious injury in an accident.
Take the following precautions
when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other
over the belt, as shown in the
illustration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
WARNING
OHI038139
2-35
0022
Front Seat Belt – Driver's 3-
point system with emergency
locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
You should place the lap belt (1) por-
tion across your hips and the shoul-
der belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt por-
tion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
Information
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
i
OHI038140
OHI038137
2-36
Safety system of your vehicle
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
three different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder near-
est the door, not over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has
locked into position.
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not twist-
ed, then try again.
OHI038142
OHI038036
■ Front seat
2-37
0022
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-
point system with convertible
locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt.
Convertible retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat posi-
tions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a convertible retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, NEVER place any
infant/child restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor
Type). It automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across
your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not twist-
ed, then try again.
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protec-
tion for seated passengers in
either emergency or automatic
locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated pas-
sengers to move freely in their
seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or
sudden stop, the retractor auto-
matically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic lock-
ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt
and allow the belt to fully retract.
NOTICE
OHI038142
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear center seat belt
1. Take out the buckle (2), which is
stored between the seat/seatback
cushions.
2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the
buckle (2), until it clicks.
You can make sure its secure fas-
tening by pulling the seatbelt web-
bing. The buckle with 'CENTER'
mark should be used for the 3-
point seatbelt.
3. Restore the buckle between the
seat/seatback cushion after unfas-
tening the seatbelt.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner
and Emergency Fastening Device
System). The purpose of the pre-ten-
sioner is to make sure the seat belts
fit tightly against the occupant's body
in certain frontal collisions. The
Emergency Fastening Device
System may be activated in certain
crashes where the frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
OHI038143
OHI038035
2-39
0022
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
(2) Emergency Fastening Device
System
The purpose of the Emergency
Fastening Device System is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal colli-
sions.
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt (retractor pre-ten-
sioner seat belt and emergency
fastening device) system.
NOTICE
Pre-Tensioner Seat Belts
(retractor pre-tensioner seat
belt and emergency fastening
device) that malfunction may
not protect you properly during
an accident. Take the following
precautions:
• Always wear your seat belt
and sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not pro-
tect you properly in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything near
the buckle. This may adverse-
ly affect the buckle and cause
it to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-ten-
sioners after activation or an
accident.
• NEVER inspect, service,
repair or replace the pre-ten-
sioners yourself. This must be
done by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assem-
blies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioners become hot and
can burn you.
WARNING
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents. Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency Fastening Device
System
Information
The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected with the pre–tension-
er seat belts. The SRS air bag warning
light on the instrument panel will illu-
minate for approximately 6 seconds
after the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, and then it should
turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illumi-
nate even if the SRS air bag is not mal-
functioning. If the warning light does
not illuminate, stays illuminated or
illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air
bags as soon as possible.
Information
• Both the driver's and front passen-
ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal or side
collisions or rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating condi-
tions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be inhaled for prolonged
periods. Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat belts
were activated.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt system
may get adversely affected by
installing an audio system to the
center console or welding/painting
the frontal vehicle body.
In this case, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts. The air bag warning light illu-
minates, if there is a malfunction
with the pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
tem.
• In following situations, immediately
have the air bag system and the pre-
tensioner seat belt system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
- The air bag warning light does not
illuminate at all after turning ON
the engine.
- The air bag warning light remains
ON over 6 seconds after turning
ON the engine.
i
i
OHI039175N
2-41
0022
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
The purpose of the pre-active seat
belt is to tighten the seat belt when a
collision is sensed, during emer-
gency braking, or when a loss of
control is sensed.
The pre-active seat belt is a sup-
plementary system. The pre-active
seat belt activates only when the
passenger is wearing his/her seat
belt.
NOTICE
• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
tem is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pre-
tensioner seat belt system, if
it was activated in an acci-
dent.
• Properly fasten a seat belt in
an upright position to maxi-
mize protection from a pre-
tensioner seat belt system.
The pre-tensioner seat belt
instantly tightens the seat belt
to hold an occupant body in
position in forward collision.
WARNING
OHI038144
2-42
Safety system of your vehicle
Warning message
Check Pre-active Seat Belt
The pre-active seat belt warning will
turn on if there is a problem with your
pre-active seat belt.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products if the warning
message comes on while the vehicle
is in motion. When the PSB warning
message disappears, the master
warning light ( ) will illuminate.
Pre-active seat belt operation
In order to maximize the safety of the
passenger, the pre-active seat belt
system operates as below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle senses a collision
- Driving on a slippery frozen road
• Slack removal
Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle
speed is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
• Belt parking
Tightens a loose seat belt when
the seat belt is unfastened.
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, rout-
ed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt line
so that it fits snugly and as low as pos-
sible across the hips, not across the
abdomen.
• A pregnant woman or a
patient is more vulnerable to
any imapcts on the abdomen
during an abrupt stop or acci-
dent. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, consult your
doctor.
• To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death to an
unborn child during an acci-
dent, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion
of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen
where the unborn child is
located.
WARNING
OHI048144L
2-43
0022
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certify-
ing that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS
213. The restraint must be appropri-
ate for your child’s height and weight.
Check the label on the child restraint
for this information. Refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
ALWAYS properly restrain
infants and small children in a
child restraint appropriate for
the child's height and weight.
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death to a child
and other passengers, NEVER
hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The
violent forces created during an
accident will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the interior of the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoul-
der and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically.
Children are afforded the most safe-
ty in the event of an accident when
they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in
the rear seat. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident.
An accident can damage the LATCH
system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rear-
most position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific rec-
ommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protec-
tions of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly reduced
by reclining your seatback.
To help reduce the chance of injuries
in the event of an accident and to
achieve the maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front or rear
seats are in a reclined position.
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
WARNING
2-45
0022
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an acci-
dent. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional ques-
tions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seat-
back increases your chance
of serious or fatal injuries in
the event of a collision or sud-
den stop.
• Drivers and passengers
should always sit well back in
their seats, properly belted,
and with the seatbacks
upright.
WARNING
2-46
Safety system of your vehicle
Children Always in the Rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to min-
imize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, chil-
dren are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commer-
cially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a lap/
shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system
in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-
ing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
Always properly restrain chil-
dren in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front pas-
senger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
WARNING
2-47
0022
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this infor-
mation.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rearward-facing
seats, forward-facing seats, and
booster seats. They are classified
according to the child’s age, height
and weight.
Rearward-facing child restraints
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er's instructions for installa-
tion and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating posi-
tion shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have retail-
er of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts check the child restraint
system, seat belts, tether
anchors and lower anchors.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
WARNING
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
A rearward-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The har-
ness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rearward-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rearward-facing
position, allowing you to keep your
child rearward-facing for a longer
period of time.
Continue to use a rearward-facing
child seat for as long as your child
will fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the child seat man-
ufacturer. It's the best way to keep
them safe. Once your child has out-
grown the rearward-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a for-
ward-facing child restraint with a har-
ness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the for-
ward-facing child restraint, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have
the seat belt fit properly. For a seat
belt to fit properly, the lap belt must
lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder
and chest and not across the neck or
face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and
must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
OHI038107 OHI038037
2-49
0022
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
•
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufac-
turer instructions.
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions provided by the manu-
facturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraints
prevents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual, the
head restraints of the respec-
tive seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
WARNING
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seat-
ing surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
WARNING
Deactivate the rear switch oper-
ation (RSE LOCKED indicator is
on) when a child occupies a
rear seat.
CAUTION
2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not adjust the seat position
after installing the Child Restraint
System. When the Child Restraint
System is installed, any attempt to
adjust the seat position may dam-
age either the seat belt system or
the Child Restraint System.
Information
When installing the Child Restraint
System, the rear power adjustment
seat must be adjusted to the rearmost
position.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attach-
ments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attach-
ments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will pro-
vide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
i
NOTICE
2-51
0022
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are
no LATCH anchors provided for the
center rear seating position.
[A] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator
[B] : Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
Before installing the Child
Restraint System, make sure that
there is no object (e.g. toy, pen,
wire) around the lower anchor
area. Those objects may damage
either the seat belt system or the
Child Restraint System during the
installment procedure. If neces-
sary, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
OHI038087
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seating
position. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
OHI038040L
2-52
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instruc-
tions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments
on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to help determine an appro-
priate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint
weight < 65 lb (30kg)
NOTICE
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installa-
tion instructions provided
with your child restraint sys-
tem.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by your author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
WARNING
2-53
0022
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufactur-
er recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the package tray.
OHI038038
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installa-
tion instructions provided
with your child restraint sys-
tem.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
tether anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attach-
ment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the cor-
rect tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or har-
nesses, or for attaching other
items or equipment to the
vehicle.
WARNING
2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seat-
back. Route the tether strap under
the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts, or route
the tether strap over the top of the
vehicle seatback. Make sure the
strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward-and-back and side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
OHI038039
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
WARNING
2-55
0022
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
promise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the child restraint, following the
restraint manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the "Rear
Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point sys-
tem" section in this chapter.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct "click" sound.
Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" (child restraint) mode.
i
i
OHI038145 OHI038146
OHI038147
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratch-
eting" sound. This indicates that
the retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3
and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position, the
retractor will automatically switch
from the "Automatic Locking" mode
to the emergency lock mode for nor-
mal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
i
OHI038148
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
WARNING
2-57
0022
(1) Driver's front air bag
(2) Passenger's front air bag
(3) Side air bag (front)
(4) Side air bag (rear, if equipped)
(5) Curtain air bag
(6) Driver's knee air bag
(7) Passenger's knee air bag
AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHI039041N
2-58
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for
the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For
these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times
when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a
seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace
them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some
accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-
tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-
fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during
an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
WARNING
2-59
0022
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating posi-
tions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the
steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel
column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
Additionally, knee air bags are provided for both the diver and front passen-
ger which is located under the steering wheel and below the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad cov-
ers.
OHI038043
■ Driver's front air bag
OHI038044
■ Driver's knee air bag
OHI038151
OHI038045
■ Passenger's front air bag
■ Passenger’s knee air bag
2-60
Safety system of your vehicle
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passen-
gers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The SRS uses sensors to
gather information about the driver’s
and front passenger's seat belt
usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
mine if the driver and front passen-
ger's seat belts are fastened. These
sensors provide the ability to control
the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is pro-
vided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control
Module (SRSCM) controls the air
bag inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death from an
inflating front air bags, take the
following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, air fresheners or
stickers) should be placed
over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passen-
ger's panel above the glove
box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
WARNING
2-61
0022
Side air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat and out-
board rear seats. The purpose of the
air bag is to provide the vehicle's
driver and the front passenger with
additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detect-
ed.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side air bags and pre-ten-
sioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected. However, the
side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
OHI038048
■ Front
OHI038049
■ Rear
OHI038050
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death from an
inflating side air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions, to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and
arms.
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers. This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
WARNING
2-62
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bags
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detect-
ed.
However, the curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
or rollover situations.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion or this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded Vehicle.
OHI038051
OHI038052
2-63
0022
How Does the Air Bags
System Operate?
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules (front)
4. Side air bag modules (rear)
5. Curtain air bag modules
6. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
7. Air bag warning light
8. SRS control module (SRSCM)
/ Rollover sensor
9. Front impact sensors
10. Side impact sensors
(acceleration)
11. Side impact sensors (pressure)
12. Driver's knee air bag module
13. Emergency fastening device
14. Occupant classification system
15. Driver's and front passenger's
seat belt buckle sensors
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position to help deter-
mine if a crash impact is severe
enough to require air bag deployment
or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death from an
inflating curtain air bags, take
the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly secure child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as
the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side
rail.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
WARNING
OHI039042
2-64
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag elec-
trical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
malfunction with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover pro-
tection.
If your SRS malfunctions, the
air bag may not inflate properly
during an accident increasing
the risk of serious injury or
death.
If any of the following condi-
tions occur, your SRS is mal-
functioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START
position.
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products
inspect the SRS as soon as
possible if any of these condi-
tions occur.
WARNING
2-65
0022
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If
the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot pro-
vide adequate restraint. When need-
ed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side
impact or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-
tain frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an acci-
dent. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in certain
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
cially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflat-
ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
space to inflate. NHTSA recom-
mends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
When the SRSCM detects a suffi-
ciently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passen-
ger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death from an
inflating air bag, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain chil-
dren under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allow-
ing you to maintain full con-
trol of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or any-
one between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
WARNING
OHI038171L
■ Driver's front air bag (1)
OHI038172L
■ Driver's front air bag (2)
2-67
0022
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibili-
ty and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
What to Expect after an Air
Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
OHI038173L
■ Driver's front air bag (3)
OHI038174L
■ Passenger's front air bag
To prevent objects from becom-
ing dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the pas-
senger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and
doors as soon as possible
after impact to help reduce
prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released
by the inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag stor-
age area's internal compo-
nents immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
• Always wash exposed skin
areas thoroughly with cold
water and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
Air bags are designed to be
used only once.
WARNING
2-68
Safety system of your vehicle
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and may produce
smoke and powder in the air inside of
the vehicle. This is normal and is a
result of the ignition of the air bag
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deploy-
ment, seek medical attention imme-
diately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System in
the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to help deter-
mine whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicating the front passen-
ger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indi-
cator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
OHI038154
2-69
0022
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the
risk of injury or death from an inflat-
ing air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automati-
cally turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on
the seat, the occupant classification
sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occu-
pants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For small adults it may be turned
OFF, however, if the occupant does
not sit in the seat properly (for exam-
ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting
on the edge of the seat, or by other-
wise being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator on the overhead
console. This system detects the
conditions 1-4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehi-
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system.
These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the
front of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard
or resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion
on the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the
seat with inverter charging.
2-70
Safety system of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS
warning light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *
1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant *
2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old *
3
*
4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
*
1
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
and posture.
*
2
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-
grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*
3
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*
4
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is
a normal condition.
2-71
0022
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passen-
ger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the
OCS. To help reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
WARNING
OHI038163
OHI038156
OHI038155
OHI038157
OHI039192N
OHI038158
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or
seatback pocket, or hang any items on the
front passenger seat.
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger
seatback.
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when
the vehicle is moving.
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dash-
board.
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or
sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
2-72
Safety system of your vehicle
OHI038159
OHI038160
OHI038161
OHI038162
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heav-
ily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip
protector.
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick
blankets and cushions which cover up the car
seat surface.
• Do not place electronic devices such as lap-
tops, DVD player, or conductive materials such
as water bottles on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter charg-
ers.
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on
the passenger seat, the air bag warning light
may illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been com-
pletely dried before driving the vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may
damage the occupant classification system, if they puncture the
seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original
items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original
Genesis Branded products seats only. Altering or changing the
authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk
of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the
proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of
an injury in an accident.
2-73
0022
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seat-
ed in the front passenger seat, place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position and ask the passenger
to sit properly (sitting upright with the
seat back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the per-
son remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is still on, ask the passen-
ger to move to the rear seat.
Information
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator illuminates for approximate-
ly 4 seconds after the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the OFF position or
after the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the OCS
will then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
i
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illu-
minated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indi-
cator is illuminated. Have your
passenger reposition himself in
the seat. If the "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicator
remains illuminated after the
passenger repositions himself
properly and the vehicle is
restarted, have the passenger
move to the rear seat because
the air bag will not inflate.
WARNING
OHI038118
2-74
Safety system of your vehicle
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the OCS, never install
a child restraint in the front passen-
ger’s seat. An inflating air bag can
forcefully strike a child or child
restraint resulting in serious or fatal
injury.
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain
types of accidents in which the air
bag would not be expected to pro-
vide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact acci-
dents, as well as low speed impacts.
Damage to the vehicle indicates a
collision energy absorption, and is
not an indicator of whether or not an
air bag should have inflated.
• NEVER place a rearward-fac-
ing or forward-facing child
restraint in the front passen-
ger's seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain chil-
dren in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
WARNING
OHI039193N
To help reduce the risk of an air
bag deploying unexpectedly
and causing serious injury or
death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sen-
sors. If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-Genuine Genesis Part.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deploy-
ment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent inad-
vertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs con-
ducted by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
WARNING
2-75
0022
Air bag collision sensors
OHI039078N/OHI038054/OHI039055N/OHI038056/OHI038057/OHI038058
(1) SRS control module
/ Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
- on the front bumper
(3) Side impact sensor (Pressure)
- on the front door
(4) Side impact sensor (Speed)
- under the B-pillar
(5) Side impact sensor (Speed)
- under the C-pillar
1
2
3 4
5
2-76
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags and the driver's knee
air bag are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the the
severity of impact of the front colli-
sion.
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the driver's and front pas-
senger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side and
curtain air bags are designed to
inflate only in side impact collisions
or rollover situations, but they may
inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
OHI038059
OHI039060N
OHI038061
2-77
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occu-
pants move in the direction of the
collision, and thus in side impacts,
front air bag deployment would not
provide additional occupant protec-
tion.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate depending on the intensi-
ty, vehicle speed and angles of
impact.
0022
OHI038062
OHI038164
OHI039064N
2-78
Safety system of your vehicle
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protec-
tion to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision.
Information
Front air bags do not inflate in
rollover accidents. However, side
impact and curtain air bags may
inflate in a rollover, when it is detect-
ed by the rollover sensor.
i
OHI038088
OHI038065
OHI038166
2-79
0022
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the colli-
sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-
cle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, or continuously
remains on, have your vehicle imme-
diately inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Improper han-
dling of the SRS system may result
in serious personal injury.
OHI039165N
To help reduce the risk of seri-
ous injury or death, take the fol-
lowing precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS compo-
nents or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifica-
tions to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passen-
ger’s panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the sys-
tem.
WARNING
2-80
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected
from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modifica-
tion to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact Genesis
Customer Care at 844 340-9741
Adding equipment to or modify-
ing your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or
if the vehicle must be
scrapped, certain safety pre-
cautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products
for the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precau-
tions could increase the risk
of personal injury.
2-81
0022
Air Bag Warning Labels
OHI039067N/OHI039068N/OHI038070
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information
about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
3
33.. CCoonnvveenniieennccee FFeeaattuurreess ooff
Y
Yoouurr VVeehhiiccllee
Accessing Your Vehicle ................3-3
Smart Key..........................................3-3
Immobilizer System ........................3-8
Door Locks ....................................3-9
Operating Door Locks from Outside
the Vehicle ......................................3-9
Operating Door Locks from Inside
the Vehicle ......................................3-11
Auto Door Lock and Unlock
Features..........................................3-13
Child-Protector Rear Door locks....3-13
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System ........3-14
Theft-Alarm System ....................3-15
Seat Position Memory System....3-16
Storing Positions into Memory ......3-16
Recalling Positions from Memory..3-17
Resetting the Seat Position Memory
System ............................................3-17
Easy Access Function ....................3-18
Smart Posture Care System........3-19
Steering wheel ............................3-20
Motor-Driven Power
Steering (MDPS)............................3-20
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering 3-21
Heated Steering Wheel ..................3-21
Horn ................................................3-22
Mirrors..........................................3-23
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................3-23
Side View Mirrors ........................3-34
Reverse Parking Aid Function ......3-36
Windows ......................................3-37
Sunroof ........................................3-41
Sunroof Opening and Closing ......3-42
Tilting the Sunroof ........................3-43
Sunshade ........................................3-43
Resetting the Sunroof....................3-44
Sunroof Open Warning..................3-44
Exterior Features ........................3-45
Hood................................................3-45
Trunk ..............................................3-46
Smart Trunk ....................................3-52
Fuel Filler Door ..............................3-55
Instrument cluster ......................3-58
Instrument Cluster Control ..........3-59
Gauges and Meters........................3-59
Transmission Shift Indicator ........3-63
Warning and Indicator Lights ......3-64
LCD Display Messages ..................3-75
LCD Display ................................3-82
LCD Display Control ......................3-82
LCD Display Modes........................3-83
Trip Computer ............................3-86
Trip Modes......................................3-86
Vehicle Settngs ..........................3-89
Head-up Display ........................3-90
Lighting........................................3-92
Exterior Lights ................................3-92
Interior Lights ..............................3-100
Welcome System ........................3-103
Wipers and Washers ................3-105
Windshield Wipers ......................3-105
Windshield Washers ....................3-106
Surround View Monitor ............3-108
3
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning (PDW) ..........3-110
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system ............................3-111
Non-operational Conditions of
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system ..........................3-113
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) System
Precautions ..................................3-114
Automatic Climate Control
System ........................................3-115
Automatic Heating and Air
Conditioning ................................3-116
Manual Heating and Air
Conditioning ................................3-117
System Operation..........................3-127
System Maintenance ....................3-128
Defroster ....................................3-130
Rear Window Defroster................3-130
Front Wiper Deicer ......................3-130
Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging ..................................3-131
Climate Control Additional
Features......................................3-133
Auto Defogging System ..............3-133
Clean Air ......................................3-134
Automatic Ventilation ..................3-134
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ..3-135
Setting the Climate Control
System in the AVN System
Screen ..........................................3-135
Storage Compartment ..............3-137
Center Console Storage................3-137
Rear Console Storage ..................3-137
Glove Box ......................................3-138
Sunglass Holder ............................3-138
Interior Features ........................3-139
Cup Holder ....................................3-139
Sunvisor ........................................3-140
Rear Mirror ..................................3-140
Power Outlet ................................3-141
USB Charger..................................3-142
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging
System ........................................3-143
Coat hook ......................................3-145
Clock ..............................................3-145
Bag Hanger ..................................3-146
Floor Mat Anchor(s) ......................3-146
Rear Window Sunshade ..............3-147
Rear Side Window Sunshade ......3-148
Luggage Net Holder ....................3-149
3
33.. CCoonnvveenniieennccee FFeeaattuurreess ooff
Y
Yoouurr VVeehhiiccllee
3-3
0033
Smart Key
Your G90 uses a Smart Key, which
you can use to lock or unlock the driv-
er and passenger doors or the trunk.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Trunk Unlock
4. Panic
Locking your vehicle
To lock your vehicle using the door
handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and
the trunk are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
3. Press either the button on the
door handle or the Door Lock but-
ton (1) on the smart key. The
chime will sound once and the
hazard warning lights will blink.
Also, the outer side view mirror will
fold, if the folding switch is in the
AUTO position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
Information
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is with-
in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• Pressing the door handle button
does not unlock the doors. To unlock
the doors, refer to the following
page.
Note that you cannot lock your vehi-
cle using the door handle button if
any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is open.
i
AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE
OHI048058
OHI048003
3-4
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Unlocking your vehicle
To unlock your vehicle:
1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2. Put your hand in the outside door
handle or press the Door Unlock
button (2) on the smart key. The
driver's door will unlock and the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times. Also, the outer side view
mirror will unfold, if the folding
switch is in the AUTO position.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver
door only, or unlocking all the doors
with one press may be adjusted in
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only and twice for unlock-
ing all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press
Unlock feature in the Settings menu
in the AVN system screen. The
option can be found under the follow-
ing menu:
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door/
Trunk → 2 Press Unlock
Information
• The door handle unlocking will only
operate when the smart key is with-
in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the
outside door handle.
• Either the driver or front passenger
door can be opened with the door
handle button when the smart key is
within this range.
• If you put hour hand in the front
passenger outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession, all
the doors will unlock.
i
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other con-
trols, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
OHI048584L
3-5
0033
Information
• The doors may unlock if the inner
sensor of the outer door handle is
recognized while washing your car
or due to heavy rain. However, the
doors are automatically locked in 30
seconds unless a door is opened
after they are unlocked.
• The doors may not unlock if you put
your hand in the outside door han-
dle with gloves on.
• The doors may not unlock if you
suddenly approach the door and put
your hand in the outside door han-
dle.
Opening the trunk
To unlock and open the trunk:
1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2. Press either the trunk open switch
on the outside of the trunk or
press and hold the Trunk Unlock
button (3) on the smart key for
more than one second. The haz-
ard warning lights will blink two
times and the trunk will open.
3. Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds.
Information
The trunk open switch will only oper-
ate when the smart key is within 28
inches (0.7 m) from the trunk.
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
For more information, refer to the
"Engine Start/Stop Button" section
in chapter 5.
To prevent damaging the smart
key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry
place to avoid damage or mal-
function. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart
key to malfunction which may
not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehi-
cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-
charged.
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
i
3-6
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
To remove the mechanical key from
the smart key FOB, press and hold
the release button (1) and then pull
the mechanical key (2) outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the
mechanical key, insert the mechani-
cal key into the key hole in the driver
door (Refer to page 3-9).
To reinstall the mechanical key into
the FOB, insert the key in the top of
the key FOB and push inward until a
click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
you should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining keys to your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or tow the vehicle,
if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans-
mitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• If the smart key is in close proximi-
ty to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phone's normal operational sig-
nals.
This is specifically relevant when
the phone is active such as making
and receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keep-
ing the remote key and your mobile
phone in the same location such
as a pants or jacket pocket in order
to avoid interference between the
two devices.
OHI048510
3-7
0033
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not express-
ly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Restrictions in handling keys
When leaving keys with parking lot
and valet attendants, the following
procedures will ensure your vehicle’s
glove box compartment can only be
opened with the mechanical key.
To lock:
1. Remove the mechanical key from
the Smart Key.
2. Lock the glove box using the
mechanical key (1).
3. Leave the smart key with the
attendant and keep the mechani-
cal key with you.
The Smart Key can only be used to
start the engine and operate door
locks.
To unlock:
Open the glove box with the mechan-
ical key.
i
NOTICE
OHI048569
3-8
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working prop-
erly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type : CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the
rear cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the
battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an improp-
erly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is dis-
abled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the immobilizer
system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator
starts to blink, the system does not
recognize the coding of the Smart
Key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, then press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position again.
The system may not recognize your
key’s coding if another immobilizer
key or other metal object (i.e., key
chain) is near the key. The engine
may not start because the metal may
interrupt the transponder signal from
transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, con-
tact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
i
OHI038180L
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, how-
ever you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer sys-
tem malfunction could occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
To remove the cover:
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lock located at the bot-
tom of the cover with a key or flat-
blade screwdriver (1).
3. Push out the cover (2) while
pressing the lock.
Be careful not to damage the
cover while removing it or mis-
place it after removing it.
After removing the cover, turn the
key toward the rear of the vehicle to
unlock and toward the front of the
vehicle to lock (3).
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
NOTICE
i
NOTICE
DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS
3-9
0033
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
WARNING
OHI048010
Smart key
[A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock
To lock:
Press the button on the outside door
handle while carrying the Smart Key
with you or press the Door Lock but-
ton on the Smart Key.
To unlock:
• Put your hand in the driver's out-
side door handle while carrying the
Smart Key with you, the driver's
door will unlock.
Put your hand in the outside door
handle again within 4 seconds,
then all doors will unlock.
• Put your hand in the passenger’s
outside door handle, all doors will
unlock.
• Press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key, the driver's door will
unlock.
Press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key again within 4 sec-
onds, then all doors will unlock.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Information
You can change the system to the cen-
tral door unlock mode in the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen to
unlock all the doors when you press
the unlock button one time.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-
ple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operat-
ing temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
Power door latch
If a door isn't closed completely but
is closed to the first detent position,
the door will close automatically.
i
i
3-10
Convenience Features of your vehicle
OHI048585L
OHI048011
3-11
0033
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, pull the door lock
button (1) to the "Unlock" position.
The red mark (2) on the door lock
button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the dri-
ver's (or front passenger's) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
• The doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and man-
ual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
Information
When the vehicle's battery run out
and you leave the vehicle, make sure
all the doors are locked. You can lock
the driver's door with a mechanical
key and the rest of the doors with the
lock button above the door inside han-
dle.
i
i
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door, check
there are no obstructions in
the path of the door.
• Keep your fingers away from
the edge of the door or they
may become trapped when
the power door latch oper-
ates.
CAUTION
OHI048012
Unlock
Lock
3-12
Convenience Features of your vehicle
With the central door lock
switch
The driver side and front passenger
side door armrest is equipped with a
central door lock switch. The lock
button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
The unlock button is indicated by a
( ) symbol.
When the lock button (1) is pressed,
all the vehicle doors (and trunk) will
lock.
When the unlock button (2) is
pressed, all the vehicle doors (and
trunk) will unlock.
OHI048013/OHI048014
■ Driver's door ■ Passenger's door
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle in
a crash is increased.
WARNING
Do not leave children or ani-
mals unattended in your vehi-
cle. An enclosed vehicle can
become extremely hot, causing
death or serious injury to unat-
tended children or animals who
cannot escape the vehicle.
Children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter
other harm, possibly from some-
one gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
can allow theft or entry into the
vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear to the P (Park)
position, engage the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position, close all windows,
lock all doors, and always take
the key with you.
WARNING
Opening a door when some-
thing is approaching may cause
damage or injury. Be careful
when opening doors and watch
for vehicles, motorcycles, bicy-
cles or pedestrians approach-
ing the vehicle in the path of the
door.
CAUTION
3-13
0033
Auto Door Lock and Unlock
Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features
that will automatically lock or unlock
your vehicle based on settings you
select in the AVN system screen.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
When this feature is set in the AVN
system screen, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehi-
cle exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
When this feature is set in the AVN
system screen, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehi-
cle is shifted out of P (Park) while the
engine is running. (Only when the
engine is running.)
Auto UNLOCK - On Shift to P
When this feature is set in the AVN
system screen, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
(Only when the engine is running.)
Auto UNLOCK - Vehicle Off
When this feature is set in the AVN
system screen, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is turned off.
For more information on these fea-
tures, scan the QR code in a sepa-
rately supplied simple manual.
Additional Unlock Safety
Feature - Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all
doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door locks
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors.The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock (1)
position, the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle is pulled.
You can only open the rear doors
using the outside door handle (2).
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
screwdriver into the hole and turn it
to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
OHI049015N
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
WARNING
3-14
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System
(If equipped)
Once the system decides it is danger-
ous for a passenger to open a vehicle
door by sensing the approaching of a
vehicle from behind when the person
is opening the door, the warning mes-
sage “Watch for traffic” appears and
the alarming sound will continue for
maximum of five seconds.
This function works for ten minutes
even after the ignition is turned off.
The function will be released as soon
as the vehicle doors are locked with
the smart key.
The alarming sound will continue
while the Safe Exit Assist system is
in activation.
The Safe Exit Assist system is acti-
vated when you select ‘Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Driver Assistance
→ Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit
Assist’ from the Settings menu in the
AVN system screen.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
OHI048561L
If a vehicle is approaching from
behind is too fast or a door is
opened too suddenly the alarm
system may not set off in time,
which can increase the chance
of an accident. Therefore, when
exiting the vehicle, always check
your surroundings to make sure
that there are no vehicles or
objects approaching.
WARNING
The safe Exist Assist system
may not operate normally when a
vehicle is coming rapidly two
lanes over from your vehicle or a
vehicle is approaching at a fast
speed from the rear in the lane
next to your vehicle.
The Safe Exist Assist system
may be activated later than nor-
mal or may not operate normally
if a vehicle is approaching fast
from the rear of your vehicle.
The Safe Exist Assist system will
not operate if there is a malfunc-
tion with the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system as follows:
- When the BCW warning mes-
sage appears
- When the BCW sensor or the
sensor surrounding is polluted
or covered
- When the BCW does not warn
or warns wrongly
For more details, refer to cau-
tions and limitations in “Blind-
Spot Collision Warning/Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist” in chapter 5.
WARNING
This system helps to protect your
vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occur:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds,
then the system resets. To turn off
the alarm, unlock the doors with the
smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automati-
cally sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the trunk. For the sys-
tem to activate, you must lock the
doors and the trunk from outside the
vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to
indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all pas-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key or start
the engine by directly pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key.
• When the system is disarmed but a
door or trunk is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
i
TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM
3-15
0033
The Seat Position Memory System is
provided to store and recall the fol-
lowing memory settings with a sim-
ple button operation.
1) Driver's seat position
- Seat/Steering wheel/Outer side
view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination inten-
sity
- Head-Up Display height, rotation
and brightness (if equipped)
2) Passenger/Rear seat position
- Seat position
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the Seat Position Memory System
does not operate normally, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
outer side view mirror position,
steering wheel position, instru-
ment panel illumination intensity
and head-up display height/bright-
ness to the desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings"on
the LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The sys-
tem will beep twice when the
memory has been successfully
stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the LCD display. The
message appears only for the dri-
ver's seat position memory set-
ting.
i
SSEEAATT PPOOSSIITTIIOONN MMEEMMOORRYY SSYYSSTTEEMM
3-16
Convenience Features of your vehicle
OHI048057
■ Driver’s seat
■ Passenger/Rear seat
OHI048043
3-17
0033
Recalling Positions from
Memory
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, and then the driver's seat
position, outer side view mirror
position, steering wheel position,
instrument panel illumination
intensity and head-up display
height/brightness will automatical-
ly adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1(or 2) settings applied"
will appear on the LCD display.
The message appears only for
the driver's seat position memory
setting.
Information
• If you press the SET button or num-
ber 1 button with the number 1 set-
ting in operation, the setting will tem-
porarily deactivate. If you press the
number 2 button, the number 2 set-
ting will activate.
• If you press the number 2 button or
SET button with the number 2 button
in operation, the number 2 setting
will temporarily deactivate. Press the
number 1 button, the number 1 set-
ting will activate.
• If you operate the seat adjustment
switch, side view mirror, steering
wheel, instrument panel illumination
or head-up display while recalling the
stored positions, the pre-set settings
will become ineffective.
Resetting the Seat Position
Memory System
Take the following procedures to
reset the seat position memory sys-
tem, when it does not operate prop-
erly.
To reset the seat position mem-
ory system
1. Stop the vehicle and open the dri-
ver's door with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ON posi-
tion and the gear shifted to P
(Park).
2. Operate the control switch to set
the driver's seat and seatback to
the foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the dri-
ver's seat movement switch over 2
seconds.
While resetting the seat posi-
tion memory system
1. It starts with the notification sound.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position
with the notification sound.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notifica-
tion sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notifica-
tion sound may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The seat control switch is operated.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph
(3 km/h).
- The driver's door is closed.
i
3-18
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Information
• Reattempt to do the resetting proce-
dure again when the resetting proce-
dure incompletely stops or the noti-
fication sound do not stop.
• Make sure that there is no obstacle
around the driver's seat in advance
of resetting the seat position memo-
ry system.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver's seat
and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle:
The driver’s seat will move rear-
ward and the steering wheel will
move upward when the driver’s
door is opened and the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF
positon with the gear in P (Park).
However, the driver’s seat may not
move rearward if there is not
enough space between the driver’s
seat and the rear seats.
Also, on a regular basis, the steer-
ing wheel will also move forward to
adjust its location by itself.
• Entering the vehicle:
The driver’s seat and steering
wheel will move back to its original
position when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position and the
driver’s door is closed with the
smart key in possession or when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
changed to the ACC, ON or START
position from the OFF position.
• When you enter or exit the vehicle,
the seat bolster is automatically
adjusted (if equipped).
- When you enter, the seat bolter is
adjusted to the position set by the
driver.
- When you exit, the seat bolster is
adjusted to the default position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Easy Access Function from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Seat Easy Access : Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Convenience →
Seat/ Steering Wheel → Seat Easy
Access → Off/Normal/Extended
- Steering Easy Access: Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Convenience →
Seat/ Steering Wheel → Steering
Easy Access → On/Off
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
❈ Details for the Easy Access func-
tion for the front and rear passen-
gers seat is explained in chapter 2.
i
3-19
0033
The Smart Posture Care system
automatically provides a healthy pos-
ture (position) for the driver's back,
and sets the steering wheel, outer
side view mirrors, head-up display
positions according to the driver's
body measurements.
Information
If the Seat Posture Care System does
not operate normally, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Press the SMART button on the
driver's door or select 'Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Convenience
→ Smart Posture Care' from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen.
3. Enter information (Height, Pants
Inseam Length, Weight) in the
AVN system screen.
4. After entering the driver’s informa-
tion, press 'Adjust Posture'. The
driver’s seat, steering wheel, side
view mirror and head-up display
will be adjusted.
5. Press 'Save' and save the adjust-
ed seat position in 'Driver 1' or
'Driver 2'.
Reference table
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
i
SMART POSTURE CARE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OHI048042 OHI049513N
Height
4' 9'' ~ 6' 6"
Pants
Inseam
Length
Short/Average/Tall
Weight
109 lbs. or Below ~
264 lbs. or Above
3-20
Convenience Features of your vehicle
S
STTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL
Motor-Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the engine is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
If the Motor-Driven Power Steering
(MDPS) System does not operate
normally, the warning light ( )
will illuminate on the instrument
cluster. You may steer the vehicle,
but it will require increased steer-
ing efforts. Take your vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have the
system checked as soon as possi-
ble.
Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
This happens as the system per-
forms the MDPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is completed,
the steering wheel will return to its
normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more steering
effort. However, it is a temporary
condition so that it will return to
normal condition after charging the
battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-
ing speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperatures, abnor-
mal noise may occur. If the temper-
ature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
i
NOTICE
3-21
0033
Tilt Steering / Telescopic
Steering
Adjust the steering wheel so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument cluster warning lights and
gauges. Always adjust the position of
the steering wheel before driving.
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down to
adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rear-
ward to adjust the height (3).
Do not adjust the steering wheel
longer than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
Heated Steering Wheel
While the engine is running, push the
switch to warm the steering wheel.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting changes as
follows:
• Automatic temperature control
- When the heated steering wheel
switch is pressed to HIGH (
) :
The heated steering wheel switch
automatically changes to the LOW
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel
by pressing the switch to the OFF
position.
• The heated steering wheel defaults
to the OFF position whenever the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
NOTICE
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
OHI048046
OHI048047
OFF
→
HIGH ( )
→
LOW ( )
→
3-22
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
NOTICE
OHI048049
3-23
0033
MMIIRRRROORRSS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror
is properly positioned. Adjust the
rearview mirror so that the view
through the rear window is properly
centered.
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
Electrochromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink
®
system and
Genesis Connected Service
(if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with
an Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
[A] : Genesis Connected Services buttons
[B] : HomeLink buttons,
[C] : HomeLink indicator
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface
Indicator
NOTICE
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear head-
rests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
WARNING
OHI049594N
3-24
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
(if equipped)
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light lev-
els in the front and the rear of the
vehicle. Any object that obstructs
either light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding
NVS
®
mirrors and other applica-
tions, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehi-
cles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System provides a convenient way to
replace up to three hand held radio-
frequency transmitters used to acti-
vate compatible devices such as gate
operators, garage door openers,
entry door locks, security systems,
and home lighting.
HomeLink
®
operates while the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position for safety reasons. It is to
prevent unintentional security
problems from happening when
the vehicle is parked outside the
garage.
NOTICE
Before programming HomeLink
®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink
®
with any garage
door opener that lacks the safe-
ty stop and reverse features
required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any
garage door opener model man-
ufactured before April 1, 1982). A
garage door that cannot detect
an object - signaling the door to
stop and reverse - does not meet
current U.S. federal safety stan-
dards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases the risk of serious
injury or death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink
®
at
www.homelink.com, or call
Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a
new battery be replaced in the
handheld transmitter of the
device being trained to
HomeLink
®
for quicker training
and accurate transmission of
the radio frequency.
WARNING
3-25
0033
1. Programming HomeLink
®
The following steps show how to pro-
gram HomeLink. If you have any
questions or are having difficulty pro-
gramming your HomeLink buttons,
refer to the HomeLink website or call
the HomeLink customer support toll-
free number. Do this, before going
back to the dealer who sold you the
car.
• Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. Then at the
top of the page, choose your vehi-
cle make. Then watch the You Tube
video, and/or access additional
website information.
• If you choose to access the web-
site via your cell phone, scan the
QR code.
• Or, call HomeLink customer sup-
port at 1-800-355-3515 (Please
have the vehicle make/model AND
the opener device make/model
readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new bat-
tery be placed in the handheld
transmitter of the device being
programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate
transmission of the radio-frequen-
cy signal.
3. Place the ignition switch to the
ACC (Accessory) position for pro-
gramming of HomeLink.
OHI040608N
3-26
Convenience Features of your vehicle
2) Programming a New
HomeLink
®
1. Press and release the HomeLink
button (1), (2) or (3), you would
like to program. The HomeLink
indicator light (7) will flash orange
slowly (if not, perform the steps of
“Erasing HomeLink Buttons” sec-
tion, and start over).
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 – 3 inches (2 – 8cm)
away from the HoleLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light
(7) is flashing orange, press and
hold the hand-held remote button.
Continue pressing the handheld
remote button until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) light changes
from orange to green. You may
now release the handheld remote
button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes
to a complete stop, regardless of
position, before proceeding to the
next steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink
button you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your
device operates, programming is
complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the
HomeLink button up to three times
in a row slowly to complete the pro-
gramming process. Do not press
the HomeLink button rapidly. At this
point if your device operates, pro-
gramming is complete. If the device
does not operate, continue with
step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate
the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or
"Program" button. This can usually
be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the
motor-head unit (see the device's
manual to identify this button). The
name and color of the button may
vary by manufacturer.
OHI040609N
OHI040610N
3-27
0033
* A ladder and/or second person
may simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the
"Learn", "Smart", "Set" or
"Program" button. You now have
up to 30 seconds in which to com-
plete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and
release, the HomeLink button up
to three times in a row slowly. Do
not press the HomeLink button
rapidly. As soon as you see the
garage door start to move, stop
pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regard-
less of position. At this point, pro-
gramming is complete and your
device should operate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select
garage door openers)
If your garage door opener has the
'myQ' logo on its side, your opener
likely has Two-Way Communication
capability. HomeLink has the capabil-
ity to establish Two-Way
Communication with your garage
door opener. HomeLink can receive
and display "closing" or "opening"
status messages from compatible
garage door openers. At any time,
Home-Link can also recall and dis-
play the last recorded status commu-
nicated by the garage door opener to
indicate your garage door being
"closed" or "opened".
To check if your garage door opener
is compatible with this feature, refer
to www.homelink.com/compatible/
Two-way-Communication. If your
garage door opener has this func-
tionality, AND the Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
the mirror appear while the garage
door is opening/closing, then no fur-
ther steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is
already complete. However, if your
garage door opener has this func-
tionality, AND the Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
the mirror DO NOT appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable
this functionality.
ODL3A040504
3-28
Convenience Features of your vehicle
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for
2 seconds, then release. Confirm
that the garage door is moving.
AFTER it stops, you will have one
minute to complete the following
steps:
* A ladder and/or second person
may simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in
your garage, locate the "Learn"
button (usually near where the
hanging antenna wire is attached
to the garage door opener). If
there is difficulty locating this but-
ton, reference the device's owner's
manual.
3. Press and release the "Learn" but-
ton.
4. A light on your garage door open-
er may flash, and your Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6)
in your vehicle may flash, confirm-
ing completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the pro-
grammed HomeLink button to acti-
vate your garage door. The Two-
Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) flash in orange when the
door is moving. Do not make any
additional button presses until
AFTER the garage door has come
to a complete stop.
6.Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality, it
is possible for HomeLink to stop func-
tioning the garage door shortly after
initial programming, IF the Two-Way
Communication Programming wasn’t
properly completed. This usually hap-
pens after the first 10 times a pro-
grammed HomeLink button is
pressed. If you experience this, com-
pleting the "Programming a New
HomeLink Button" and "Two-Way
Communication Programming" will
restore door operation.
i
3-29
0033
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws
require transmitter remote signals to
"time-out" (or quit) after a couple
seconds of transmission, which may
not be long enough for HomeLink to
pick up the signal during program-
ming.
If you live in Canada or you are hav-
ing difficulties programming a gate
operator or garage door opener by
using the programming procedures,
replace "Programming a New
HomeLink Button" step 3 with the fol-
lowing:
While the HomeLink indicator light
(7) is flashing orange, press and
release ("cycle") your device's hand-
held remote every two seconds until
the HomeLink indicator light (7)
changes from orange to green. You
may now release the hand-held
remote button. Then proceed with
"Programming a New HomeLink
Button" step 4.
2. Operating HomeLink
®
1) Operating HomeLink
®
1. Press and release the desired pro-
grammed HomeLink button (1, 2
or 3).
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should
light green, solid or flashing, and your
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not suc-
cessful, and you'll need to reprogram
the button.
i
OHI040609N
2) Two-Way Communication
Display Behavior
1. Press and release one of the pro-
grammed HomeLink buttons (1, 2
or 3).
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates
as below, if your garage door
opener has Two-Way
Communication functionality.
• If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Closing".
• The indicator (4) turns solid green
once the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Opening".
• The indicator (6) turns solid green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last
known status of the garage door
for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to
view the last stored message from
the garage door opener. In order to
recall the last known status of the
last activated device, press the but-
tons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simulta-
neously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was "closed"
properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was "open" prop-
erly.
3-30
Convenience Features of your vehicle
OHI049598N
OHI040611N
3. Erasing HomeLink
®
Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a
Single HomeLink
®
Button:
1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink button you want to re-
program. DO NOT release the but-
ton.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7)
will illuminate solid green. Release
the button as soon as the
HomeLink indicator light (7)
begins to flash orange, usually
about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the
"Programming a New HomeLink
Button" section.
Information
If you do not complete the re-pro-
gramming of a new device to the but-
ton, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
2) The following instructions will
erase ALL HomeLink
®
program-
ming from ALL buttons:
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and
(3) simultaneously
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7)
will illuminate solid Orange for
about 10 seconds
3. Release the buttons once the
HomeLink indicator light (7)
changes to Green and flashes rap-
idly
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons
(1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any
programming
Information
HomeLink
®
and the HomeLink
®
House logo are registered trademarks
of Gentex Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trade-
mark of The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
i
i
3-31
0033
OHI040612N
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada
RSS-210. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and (2) This device must
accept any interference that may be
received including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: The transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
ISED rules. Changes or modifica-
tions not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC
and ISED radiation exposure limits
set forth for an uncontrolled environ-
ment. End Users must follow the spe-
cific operating instructions for satisfy-
ing RF exposure compliance. This
transmitter must be at least 20cm
from the user and must not be co-
located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmit-
ter.
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux règle-
ments de la FCC, section 15, et au
CNR-210 d'Innovation, Sciences et
Dhveloppement économique
Canada. Le fonctionnement est
assujetti aux deux conditions suiv-
antes : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas
causer d'interférences nuisibles et
(2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interférence reçue, y compris celle
qui pourrait entraîner un dysfonction-
nement. MISE EN GARDE :
L'émetteur a subi des tests et est
conforme aux règlements de la FCC
et d'ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuvés
explicitement par la partie respons-
able de la conformité pourraient ren-
dre caduque l'autorisation de l'utilisa-
teur de se servir du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d'exposition aux radiations de la
FCC et d'ISDE établies pour un envi-
ronnement non contrôlé. Les utilisa-
teurs finaux doivent respecter les
instructions d'utilisation spécifiques
pour satisfaire aux exigences de
conformité aux expositions de RF.
L'émetteur doit se trouver à 20 cm au
minimum de l'utilisateur et ne doit
pas être situé au même endroit que
tout autre émetteur ou antenne ni
fonctionner avec un autre émetteur
ou antenne.
Méjico
La operación de este equipo está
sujeta a las siguientes dos condi-
ciones: (1) es posible que este
equipo o dispositivo pueda no
causar interferencia dañina, y (2)
este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede
causar su operación no deseada.
3-32
Convenience Features of your vehicle
3-33
0033
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
3-34
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Side View Mirrors
Make sure to adjust the side view
mirrors to your desired position
before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to
help prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash or
when passing through a narrow
street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
Use the inside rearview mirror or
look back directly to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles
prior to changing lanes.
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
face of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI048052
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
3-35
0033
Adjusting the side view mirrors
1. Move the lever (1) either to the L
(left side) or R (right side) to select
the side view mirror you would like
to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, move the lever
(1) to the middle to prevent inad-
vertent adjustment.
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust-
ing angles, but the motor contin-
ues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary,
the motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand otherwise
the motor may be damaged.
Folding/Unfolding the side view
mirrors
The outer side view mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
Left : The mirror will unfold.
Right : The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automat-
ically as follows:
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold when the door
is locked by the button on the out-
side door handle.
- The mirror unfold when you put
your hand in the outside door han-
dle with the smart key in posses-
sion.
NOTICE
OHI048053
OHI048054
3-36
Convenience Features of your vehicle
- If 'Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome
Mirror/Light → Enable on Driver
Approach' is selected from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen, the mirror will unfold when
the vehicle is approached with the
smart key in possession.
You can activate or deactivate this
function from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge,
do not adjust the mirrors longer
than necessary while the engine is
not running.
Do not fold the electric type side
view mirror by hand. It could
cause motor failure.
Reverse Parking Aid Function
(if equipped)
When you move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) position, the outer side
view mirror(s) will rotate downwards
to aid with driving in reverse.
The position of the outer side view
mirror switch (1) determines whether
or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or
R (Right) switch is selected, both outer
side view mirrors will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is select-
ed, the outer side view mirrors will not
move.
The outer side view mirrors will auto-
matically revert to their original posi-
tions if any of the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position
or the ACC position.
• The shift lever is moved to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control outer side view
mirror switch is not selected.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI048044
3-37
0033
1. Driver's door power window switch
2. Front passenger's door power
window switch
3. Rear door (left) power window
switch
4. Rear door (right) power window
switch
5. Window opening and closing
6. Automatic power window
7. Power window lock switch
WWIINNDDOOWWSS
OHI048028
3-38
Convenience Features of your vehicle
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON or START position to be
able to raise or lower the windows.
Each door has a Power Window
switch to control that door's window.
The driver has a Power Window Lock
switch which can block the operation
of passenger windows. The power
windows will operate for approxi-
mately 30 seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-
tion.
However, if the front doors are
opened, the Power Windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 sec-
ond period.
Window opening and closing
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the win-
dow switch when you want the win-
dow to stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the sec-
ond detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
OHI048029
3-39
0033
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
If a window senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
stop and lower approximately 12
inches (30 cm) to allow the object to
be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse fea-
ture, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to
the second detent.
i
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught between
the window glass and the upper
window channel may not be
detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window
will not stop and reverse direc-
tion.
WARNING
OHI048030
3-40
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passen-
ger's doors by pressing the power
window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passen-
ger power window.
• Note that the front passenger con-
trol is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the
driver master control can still oper-
ate all the power windows.
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK posi-
tion. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional win-
dow operation by a child.
WARNING
OHI048031
3-41
0033
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sun-
roof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON or START
position.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sun-
roof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
• Do not continue to move the
sunroof control lever after the
sunroof is fully opened, closed,
or tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could
occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is open, rain or
snow may leak through the sun-
roof and wet the interior as well
as allow theft.
NOTICE
i
SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
• Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or objects are out of the
way before using the sunroof.
• Do not extend your head,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving, to avoid
serious injury.
• Do not leave the engine run-
ning and the key in your vehi-
cle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious
injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause injuries
or vehicle damage.
WARNING
OHI048037
3-42
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Sunroof Opening and Closing
To open:
Press the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the first detent position.
Release the switch when you want
the sunroof to stop.
To close:
Press the sunroof control lever forward
to the first detent position. Release the
switch when you want the sunroof to
stop.
Sliding the Sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever
backward or forward momentarily to
the second detent position completely
opens or closes the sunroof even
when the switch is released. To stop
the sunroof at the desired position
while the sunroof is in operation, press
the sunroof control lever backward or
forward and release the switch.
Automatic reverse
If the sunroof senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow
the object to be cleared.
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In
this case, the sunroof glass will
not detect the object and will
not reverse direction.
WARNING
OHI048038 OHI048039
3-43
0033
Tilting the Sunroof
To open the sunroof, push the sun-
roof control lever upward to the sec-
ond detent. The sunroof will tilt all the
way open. To stop the sunroof tilting
at any point, operate the control
lever.
To close the sunroof, push the sun-
roof control lever forward until the
sunroof moves to the desired posi-
tion.
• Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the sunroof
guide rail or between the sun-
roof and roof panel which can
make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, other-
wise the motor could be dam-
aged. In cold and wet climates,
the sunroof may not work prop-
erly.
Sunshade
The sunshade will automatically
open with the glass panel when the
glass panel moves. Close it manual-
ly if you want it closed.
NOTICE
OHI048040 OHI048041
Resetting the Sunroof
The sunroof may need to be reset if
the following conditions occur:
• The battery is discharged or dis-
connected or the sunroof fuse has
been replaced or disconnected
• The sunroof control lever is not
operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the fol-
lowing steps:
1. Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade com-
pletely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward for about 10 seconds
until the sunroof moves slightly,
then release the control lever.
4. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward until the sunroof
operates as follows:
TILT DOWN
→ SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more information, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may
not work properly.
Sunroof Open Warning
(if equipped)
• If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully
closed, the warning chime will
sound for approximately 3 seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
• If the driver turns off the engine
and opens the door when the sun-
roof is not fully closed, the sunroof
open warning will appear on the
cluster LCD display until the door is
closed or the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
i
3-44
Convenience Features of your vehicle
OHI048126
3-45
0033
Hood
Opening the hood
1. Park the vehicle and set the park-
ing brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push up the sec-
ondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2). After it
has been raised about halfway, it
will raise completely by itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in
and around the engine compart-
ment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
compartment area or hood
opening area
- All glove, rags, or other com-
bustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and cor-
rectly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 30 cm from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then dou-
ble check to be sure the hood is
secure. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not securely locked.
Open it again and close it with
more force.
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
• Before closing the hood,
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around hood
opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light displayed on the
instrument cluster. Driving
with the hood opened may
cause a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an acci-
dent.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised posi-
tion, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an acci-
dent, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
WARNING
OHI048032L
OHI049033N
3-46
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Trunk
(1) Power Trunk Main Control button
(2) Power Trunk Open switch
(3) Power Trunk Close button
(4) Power Trunk Lock button
To open:
Do one of the following :
- Press the smart key Trunk Unlock
button for more than one second.
- Press the Open switch (2) on the
trunk. You need the smart key in
your possession, when all doors
are locked.
- Press the Power Trunk Main Control
button (1).
To close:
Do one of the following:
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1) until the Power
Trunk is closed securely.
- Press the Close button (3) on the
trunk.
- Press the Lock button (4) on the
trunk while carrying the smart key
with all the vehicle’s doors closed.
All doors will lock and arm the theft
alarm system.
If you push a button or switch while
the trunk is opening or closing, it
could stop moving. Press any button
to operate the Power Trunk again.
OHI048018
OHI049021N
OHI048019
OHI049020N
3-47
0033
Information
The Power Trunk Lock button will
not work if you press the button when:
- Any door is open.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is not
in the OFF position.
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• Do not close or open the Power
Trunk manually. This may cause
damage to the Power Trunk. If it
is necessary to close or open the
Power Trunk manually when the
battery is drained or disconnect-
ed, do not apply excessive force.
• Do not leave the Power Trunk
open for a long period of time.
This may drain the battery.
• To prevent damage to the trunk
lift cylinders and the attached
hardware, always close the trunk
before driving.
Information
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Power trunk non-opening or
closing conditions:
• The Power Trunk will not open or
close automatically, when the vehi-
cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3
km/h).
• The Power Trunk can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the Power Trunk operation
consumes large amounts of vehicle
electric power. To prevent the bat-
tery from draining, do not operate it
excessively (e.g., more than
approximately 10 times repeatedly.)
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the Power Trunk by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
i
NOTICE
i
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
ate the power trunk that could
result in injury to themselves or
others, or damage to the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid com-
pletely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or
ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and
serious illness or death may
result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
WARNING
3-48
Convenience Features of your vehicle
• Before jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
open the Power Trunk. Do not oper-
ate the Power Trunk when the vehi-
cle is raised or this could cause the
Power Trunk to operate improperly.
• If there are obstacles such as snow
on the Power Trunk, it may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
Automatic stop and reverse
If, during power opening or closing,
the trunk is blocked by an object or
part of someone's body, the power
trunk will detect the resistance and it
will stop movement or move to the
full open position to allow the object
to be cleared.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the trunk is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resist-
ance and the closing operation will
continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is
forced by a strong impact, the auto-
matic stop and reverse may operate.
If the automatic stop and reverse fea-
ture operates more than twice during
one opening or closing operation, the
Power Trunk may stop at that posi-
tion. If this occurs, close the trunk
manually and operate the trunk auto-
matically again.
How to reset the power trunk
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the power trunk
fuse has been replaced or removed,
reset the power trunk by performing
the following procedure:
1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
2. While pressing the power trunk
close button, press the power
trunk open switch for more than 3
seconds. A chime will sound.
3. Close the trunk manually.
If the Power Trunk doesn't work prop-
erly after performing the above pro-
cedure, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
OHI049022N
To prevent serious injury and
damage take the following pre-
cautions when operating the
power trunk:
- Keep all faces, hands, arms,
body parts and other objects
away from the path of the
power trunk.
- Do not intentionally place any
body parts or objects in the
path of the power trunk to
make sure the automatic stop
and reversal operates.
- Do not allow children to play
with the power trunk.
WARNING
3-49
0033
Trunk lid control button
When the trunk lid control button is in
the UNLOCK (button not pressed)
position, the power trunk can be con-
trolled with the power trunk main
control button, power trunk open
switch, power trunk, close button,
and the smart key.
When this trunk lid control button is in
the LOCK (button pressed) position,
the power trunk can be opened using
the trunk release lever.
The smart trunk does not operate,
when the trunk lid control button is
pressed to the LOCK position.
Even though the trunk lid control but-
ton is in the LOCK (button pressed)
position, the trunk will still be pro-
pelled upward by mechanical force if
the trunk is manually opened more
than 10 degrees beyond the fully
closed position. In addition, if the
trunk is manually closed to the sec-
ondary latch position, the trunk will
be electrically moved to the fully
latched position.
Close the trunk, and keep the
trunk lid control button in the
LOCK (button pressed) position
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash.
Information
If the trunk lid control button is in the
LOCK position, the Smart Trunk sys-
tem will also be deactivated.
Power trunk opening height
vehicle settings
You can select the fully open height
of the power trunk from the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen.
Select:
- Setup
→ Vehicle Settings → Door/
Trunk → Power Trunk Opening
Height → 50% / 100%
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
i
NOTICE
OHI048009
Always keep the Trunk Lid
Control Button in the LOCK
(button pressed) position when
not in use. Serious injury or
death can result from uninten-
tional operation by a child.
WARNING
3-50
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Emergency trunk safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
OHI049023N
• You and your passengers
must be aware of the location
of the Emergency Trunk
Safety Release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the
trunk in case you are acciden-
tally locked in the trunk.
WARNING
• NEVER allow anyone to occu-
py the trunk of the vehicle at
any time. If the trunk is partial-
ly or totally latched and the
person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventila-
tion, exhaust fumes and rapid
heat build-up, or because of
exposure to cold weather con-
ditions. The trunk is also a
highly dangerous location in
the event of a crash because it
is not a protected occupant
space but is a part of the vehi-
cle's crush zone.
• Your vehicle should be kept
locked and the Smart Key
should be kept out of the
reach of children. Parents
should teach their children
about the dangers of playing
in trunks.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only.
3-51
0033
Trunk release lever
When the vehicle battery is dis-
charged or the trunk needs to be
opened manually:
1. Open the cover (1) at the center of
the rear seat. Pull the lever on the
back of the cover all the way.
2. With the lever pulled to the end, fix
the lever (3) on the projecting part
(2).
3. Lift and open the trunk manually.
4. Remove the inserted lever to close
the trunk.
If your vehicle is not equipped
with a ski- through (type B), do not
open the lever cover and use it as
a ski-through purpose. Doing so
may damage the cover.
NOTICE
OHI048571
OHI048543
Make sure to at least have mini-
mum space at the back and in
the upper area of the trunk
when opening or closing the
trunk. If not, the trunk may hit
the surrounding objects (wall,
ceiling, vehicle, etc.) and result
in damaging the vehicle or
injuring the person near.
WARNING
OHI049516N
3-52
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Smart Trunk (if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk can be opened with
hands-free activation using the
Smart Trunk system.
How to use the Smart Trunk
The hands-free smart trunk system
can be opened automatically when
the following conditions are met:
• The Smart Trunk option is enabled
in the Settings menu in the AVN
system screen.
• The Smart Trunk is activated and
ready 15 seconds after all the
doors are closed and locked.
• The Smart Trunk will open when
the smart key is detected in the
area behind the vehicle for 3 sec-
onds.
Information
The Smart Trunk will NOT operate
when:
• Any door is open, or all doors are
closed but not locked.
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• For vehicles equipped with illumi-
nated exterior front door handles, if
the smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked or if the smart key
is within 60 inches (1.5 m) from the
front door handles.
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Settings
To use this function, it must be acti-
vated from the Settings menu in the
AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Door/Trunk → Smart Trunk
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
i
OHI048024
3-53
0033
2. Detect and Alert
The Smart Trunk detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 inch
(50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If
you are positioned in the detecting
area and are carrying the smart key,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound to alert you
that the smart trunk will open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the trunk to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warn-
ing lights and chime starts to operate,
move away from the area behind the
vehicle with the smart key. The trunk
will remain closed.
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the
smart trunk will open.
How to deactivate the Smart
Trunk function using the smart
key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open
4. Panic button
If you press any button on the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
i
OHI048058
3-54
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30 sec-
onds, the smart trunk function will
be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• The Smart Trunk function will still be
activated if you press the door lock
button (1) or trunk open button (3) on
the smart key as long as the Smart
Trunk is not already in the Detect and
Alert stage.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Trunk function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
• The Smart Trunk detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 inches
(50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If
you are positioned in the detecting
area and are carrying the smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound for
about 3 seconds to alert you that
the smart trunk will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key
is moved outside of the detecting
area within the 3 second period.
Information
• The Smart Trunk function may not
operate properly if any of the follow-
ing instances occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• The Smart Trunk detecting area
may change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline
or slope
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite
side
i
i
OHI049027N
3-55
0033
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
[A] : Open, [B] : Close
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward
to access the fuel tank cap.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler
door.
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved de-icer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
i
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
tance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric cur-
rent and/or electronic interfer-
ence from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
WARNING
OHI048034
OHI048035
3-56
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel Requirements"
suggested in the Introduction chapter.
i
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refuel-
ing. You can generate a build-
up of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric
capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. If you
must re-enter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touch-
ing a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
• When refueling, always move
the shift lever to the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refu-
eling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately con-
tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
3-57
0033
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted sur-
faces may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a Genesis
cap or the equivalent specified
for your vehicle. An incorrect
fuel filler cap can result in a seri-
ous malfunction of the fuel sys-
tem or emission control system.
Emergency fuel filler door
release
If the fuel filler door does not open
using the remote fuel filler door
release button, you can open it man-
ually. Pull the handle of the release
located on the left side of the lug-
gage compartment outward slightly.
Do not pull the handle excessive-
ly, otherwise the luggage area trim
or release handle may be dam-
aged.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI048036
3-58
Convenience Features of your vehicle
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including trip computer)
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR
OHI049100N
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine
sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, pur-
chase Genuine Genesis Part to replace an exterior amplifier. Any unau-
thorized product may cause a malfunction of the exterior amplifiers.
NOTICE
3-59
0033
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
When the vehicle's parking lights or
headlights are on, press the illumina-
tion control button to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination con-
trol button, the interior switch illumi-
nation intensity is also adjusted.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maxi-
mum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed
of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles
per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per
hour (km/h).
OHI048412
OHI048110L
OHI048101L
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death.
WARNING
3-60
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the approx-
imate number of engine revolutions
per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indi-
cates overheating that may dam-
age the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 6.
NOTICE
NOTICE
Never remove the radiator cap
or engine coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pres-
sure and could cause severe
burn. Wait until the engine is
cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
WARNING
OHI048102
OHI048103
3-61
0033
Fuel gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
Odometer
The odometer indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
NOTICE
i
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
WARNING
OHI049104N
OHI049114N
3-62
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Range
The range is the estimated distance
the vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel in the fuel tank.
If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the cluster will display
"---" as the range.
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been inter-
rupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is an esti-
mate of the available driving dis-
tance.
• The range may not register addi-
tional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6
liters) of fuel are added to the vehi-
cle.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Outside temperature gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside tempera-
ture (there may be a slight delay
before the temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit
from the Settings menu in the navi-
gation system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit
→ Temperature Unit → °C/°F
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while
pressing the OFF button on the cli-
mate control unit for 3 seconds
The temperature unit on the cluster
LCD display and AVN system screen
will change.
i
OHI049186N OHI049111N
3-63
0033
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
This indicator informs the current
gear engaged.
• Park : P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
• Drive : D
• Manual shift mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8
Shift indicator pop-up
The pop-up that indicates the current
gear position is displayed in the clus-
ter for about 2 seconds when shifting
into other positions (P/R/N/D).
You can activate or deactivate the
shift indicator pop-up function from
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Cluster → Content Selection →
Gear Position Pop-up
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
OHI048112
OHI048113
3-64
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Warning and Indicator Lights
Supplemental Restraint
System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illumi-
nates for approximately 6 sec-
onds and then turns off when all
checks have been performed.
• The air bag warning light will
remain illuminated if there is a mal-
function with the Safety Restraint
System air bag operation.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the "Seat
Belts" in chapter 2.
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
•
When
you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The parking brake & brake fluid
warning light illuminates for
approximately 3 seconds and will
then turn off once the parking
brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reser-
voir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more
details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in
chapter 7). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found,
or if the warning light remains on, or
if the brakes do not operate proper-
ly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
3-65
0033
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even
if there is a malfunction with the
ABS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights
illuminate at the same
time while driving:
When the ABS and regular brake sys-
tem may not work normally.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warn-
ing light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
3-66
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Information
- Electronic
Brake Force Distribution
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the MDPS
Warning Light may illuminate and the
steering effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The EPB warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control
Indicator Light comes on to indicates
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction of
the EPB).
Motor-Driven Power
Steering (MDPS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The MDPS warning light illumi-
nates for approximately 3 sec-
onds and then turns off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the MDPS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
i
i
Electronic Brake force
Distribution System Warning
Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
EPB
3-67
0033
Charging System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
able, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
• If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illumi-
nated, severe damage could
result.
• If the warning light stays on
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be seri-
ous engine damage or malfunc-
tion. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is
low, fill the engine oil to the
proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the
warning light stays on after
the engine is started, turn the
engine off immediately. If this
occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
3-68
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with either the emission control
system or the engine or the vehicle
powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on may cause
damage to the emission control
systems which could affect dri-
vability and/or fuel economy.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products.
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter.
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The low tire pressure warning
light illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then turns off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System" in
chapter 6.
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
3-69
0033
This warning light remains ON
after blinking for approximately 60
seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON
and OFF in 3 second intervals:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System" in
chapter 6.
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following
systems:
- Pre-Active Seat Belt malfunction (if
equipped)
- Haptic steering warning malfunc-
tion (if equipped)
- LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
- Electronic Control Suspension
malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys-
tem malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped),
etc.
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors.
• If you notice any vehicle insta-
bility, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the
road.
WARNING
3-70
Convenience Features of your vehicle
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the AWD system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- The FCA warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the FCA.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist sys-
tem" in chapter 5.
Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When the system operat-
ing conditions are satisfied.
• [White] When the system operating
conditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a mal-
function with the lane keeping
assist system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist system" in chap-
ter 5.
3-71
0033
Adaptive Front-Lighting
System (AFS) Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop Button to the ON position.
- The AFS warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the AFS.
If there is a malfunction with the
AFS:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Icy Road Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light is to warn the driv-
er the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the out-
side temperature gauge is approxi-
mately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy
Road Warning Light and Outside
Temperature Gauge blinks and then
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate the
shift indicator pop-up function from
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup
→ Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Icy Road
Warning
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Information
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-
den braking or sharp turning, etc.
i
3-72
Convenience Features of your vehicle
LED Headlamp Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- The LED headlamp warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the LED headlamp.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This warning light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED head-
lamp life.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD switch.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold sys-
tem activated.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a mal-
function with the auto hold system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
NOTICE
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The ESC indicator light illumi-
nates for approximately 3 sec-
onds and then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)" in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- The ESC OFF indicator light illu-
minates for approximately 3 sec-
onds and then turns off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON
position.
- Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON,
but the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
3-73
0033
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indicator light.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light illumi-
nates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all
If either of these conditions occur,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Low Beam Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the position lights or head-
lights are on.
High Beam Assist
(HBA) indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the high-beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system will switch the
high beam to low beam automati-
cally.
For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist" in this chapter.
3-74
Convenience Features of your vehicle
3-75
0033
LCD Display Messages
Vehicle is in N. Press START
button and shift to P
This message is displayed if you try
to turn off the vehicle with the gear in
N (Neutral).
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
button changes to the ACC position
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button once more, it will turn to the
ON position.
Low Key Battery
This message is displayed if the bat-
tery of the smart key is discharged
while changing the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
This message is displayed if the
Engine Start/Stop button changes to
the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without
depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depress-
ing the brake pedal and then press-
ing the Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
This message is displayed if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when
you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
OHI048121L
OHI048118L
OHI048115L
OHI048119L
3-76
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Key not detected
This message is displayed if the smart
key is not detected when you press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
This message is displayed if you
were unable to start the vehicle when
the Engine Start/Stop button was
pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button again.
If the message appears each time
you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Press START button with key
This message is displayed if you
press the Engine Start/Stop button
while the message “Key not detect-
ed” is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This message is displayed if the
brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a
new one. If that is not possible, you
can start the engine by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10 sec-
onds in the ACC position.
OHI048116L
OHI048122L
OHI048117L
OHI048124L
3-77
0033
Shift to P or N to start engine
This message is displayed if you try
to start the engine in any other posi-
tion except the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Information
You can start the engine with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,
for your safety, start the engine with
the vehicle shifted to P (Park).
Door, hood, trunk open
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the trunk is left open.
The warning will indicate which door
is open in the display.
i
OHI048123L OHI048125
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/trunk is fully closed.
Also, check there is no door/
hood/trunk open warning light
or message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
WARNING
3-78
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Sunroof open (if equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
Window open (if equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when any window is
open.
Lights
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
You activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup
→ Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
OHI048126
OHI048127
OHI048148L
3-79
0033
Wiper
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
You activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup
→ Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
Low Washer Fluid
This message is displayed if the
washer fluid level in the reservoir is
nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir
refilled.
Low Fuel
This message is displayed if the fuel
tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the
low fuel level warning light in the
cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
OHI048149L
OHI048150L
OHI048145L
3-80
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Engine has overheated
This message is displayed when the
engine coolant temperature is above
120°C (248°F). This means that the
engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
Check headlamp LED
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the LED headlamp.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check turn signal (if equipped)
This message is displayed if there is
a problem the turn signal. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Check haptic steering wheel
system (if equipped)
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the haptic steering wheel
system. Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
OHI048152L
OHI048147L OHI048153L
OHI048135L
3-81
0033
Battery discharging due to
external electrical devices
This message is displayed if the bat-
tery voltage is weak due to any non-
factory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking.
Be careful that the battery is not dis-
charged.
If the warning message appears
after removing the non-factory elec-
trical accessories, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI048187L
3-82
Convenience Features of your vehicle
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the
steering wheel.
1. : MODE button for changing modes
2. , : MOVE switch for changing items
3. OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
LCD Display Control
LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY
OHI048400
3-83
0033
LCD Display Modes
The information provided differs according to the items applied to your
vehicle.
Fuel
Economy
Route Guidance Smart Cruise
Control
The Master Warning
mode displays warn-
ing messages related
to the vehicle when
one or more systems
is not operating nor-
mally.
Accumulated
Info
Destination
Info
Lane Keeping
Assist
Drive Info Lane Following
Assist
Digital
Speedometer
Highway Driving
Assist
Smart Shift Driver Attention
Warning
Tire Pressure
Menu
Trip Computer
TBT Assist Master warning
Up/Down
3-84
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information and vehicle
speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Assist mode
SCC/LKA/LFA/HDA
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control, Lane Keeping
Assist, Lane Following Assist and
Highway Driving Assist.
For more details, refer to each
system information in chapter 5.
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
This mode displays information relat-
ed to Driver Attention Warning.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning" in chapter 5.
OHI049156N
OHI049157N
OHI049158N
OHI048547L
3-85
0033
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information relat-
ed to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System" in
chapter 6.
Master warning mode
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- Pre-Active Seat Belt malfunction (if
equipped)
- Haptic steering warning malfunc-
tion (if equipped)
LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Electronic Control Suspension
malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys-
tem malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped), etc.
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur.
At this time, a Master Warning icon
( ) will appear beside the Assist
icon ( ), on the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear.
OHI048160L
OHI048548L
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
Information
• Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the bat-
tery is disconnected.
• The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters)
since the last ignition key cycle
before the average fuel economy will
be recalculated.
Trip Modes
To change the trip mode, toggle the
" , " switch on the steering
wheel.
Fuel economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 sec-
ond when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
i
TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR
3-86
Convenience Features of your vehicle
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Timer
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Timer
Drive Info
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
Digital Speedometer
OHI048400
OHI049549N
3-87
0033
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen
- After ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, scan the QR
code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
The instantaneous fuel economy is
displayed according to the bar graph
in the LCD display while driving.
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
economy (2), and the total driving
time (3).
The information is accumulated start-
ing from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the
Accumulated driving info. The trip dis-
tance, the average fuel economy, and
total driving time will reset simultane-
ously.
The accumulated driving information
will continue to be counted while the
engine is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light).
OHI049589N
3-88
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel economy (2),
and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will
reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the
Drive Info.The trip distance, the aver-
age fuel economy, and total driving
time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue
to be counted while the engine is still
running (for example, when the vehi-
cle is in traffic or stopped at a stop
light).
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer shows the
speed of the vehicle.
OHI049590N OHI049552N
The Vehicle Settings in the AVN sys-
tem provides user options for a vari-
ety of settings including door
lock/unlock features, convenience
features, driver assistance settings,
etc.
User Settings menu
- Head-Up Display
- Driver Assistance
- Drive Mode
- Lights
- Door/Trunk
- Cluster
- Convenience
- Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
1. Press the SETUP button on the
head unit of the AVN system.
2. Select 'Setup
→ Vehicle Settings'
and change the setting of the fea-
tures.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE SSEETTTTNNGGSS
3-89
0033
OHI048517L OHI048518L
OHI048564L
OHI048565L
Do not operate the Vehicle
Settings while driving. This may
cause distraction resulting in
an accident.
WARNING
3-90
Convenience Features of your vehicle
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a trans-
parent screen while still keeping your
eyes safely on the road ahead while
driving.
Precautions while using the
Head-Up Display
It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the Head-Up Display
in the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver's seat.
- The diver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head-up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head-
up display information, adjust the
head-up display angle or the head-
up display brightness level.
Have your head-up display main-
tained by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. The
head-up display maintenance
requires a special windshield exclu-
sive for the head-up display.
• Do not tint the front windshield
glass or add other types of
metallic coating. Otherwise, the
head-up display image may be
invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on
the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield glass.
Information
When replacing the front windshield
glass of the vehicles equipped with the
head-up display, replace it with a
windshield glass designed for the
head-up display operation.
Otherwise, duplicated images may be
displayed on the windshield glass.
i
NOTICE
HHEEAADD--UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
The Blind-spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system warnings on the
head up display are supplemen-
tal. Do not solely depend on
them to change lanes. Always
take a look around before chang-
ing lanes.
WARNING
OHI049401N
3-91
0033
Head-up display ON/OFF
The Head-up display can be turned
ON and OFF by selecting or dese-
lecting ‘Enable Head-Up Display’
from the Settings menu in the AVN
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Head-
Up Display → Enable Head-Up
Display
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Head-up display setting
The driver can change the head-up
display settings from Settings menu
in the AVN system screen as follows.
• Display Control
• Content Selection
• Speedometer
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Head-up display information
1. Turn-by-turn navigation information
2. Road information
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise system set speed
5. Smart Cruise Control information
6. Lane Following Assist system infor-
mation
7. Lane Keeping Assist system infor-
mation
8. Blind-spot Collision Warning system
information
9. Highway Driving Assist system
information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Information
If you select the Turn By Turn naviga-
tion information as Head-Up Display
contents, the Turn By Turn navigation
information will not be displayed in
the instrument cluster LCD display.
i
OHI048521L
OHI049567N
3-92
Convenience Features of your vehicle
LLIIGGHHTTIINNGG
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
1. OFF position
2. AUTO light position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light
outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in
operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, driving in
the rain, or when you enter dark
areas, such as tunnels and parking
facilities.
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located at the
upper end of the windshield
glass.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield, the
AUTO light system may not work
properly.
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are turned
ON.
NOTICE
OHI048528
OHI048414
OHI048530
3-93
0033
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON position to turn on the head-
lamp.
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
i
OHI048529
OHI048532
OHI048531
3-94
Convenience Features of your vehicle
High Beam Assist (HBA)
(if equipped)
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the head-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) depending on
the brightness of detected vehicles
and certain road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
3. The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25
mph (40 km/h).
• If the headlamp lever is pushed
away when the High Beam Assist
is operating, the High Beam Assist
will turn off and the high beam will
be on continuously.
• If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without the High Beam Assist
canceled. When you let go of the
headlamp lever, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.
• If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is on by the High Beam Assist, the
low beam will be on and the High
Beam Assist will turn off.
• If the headlamp lever is placed to
the headlamp ON position, the
High Beam Assist will turn off
and the low beam will be on con-
tinuously.
When the High Beam Assist is on,
the high beam switches to low beam
if any of the following conditions
occur :
- When the headlamp of an on-com-
ing vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of
a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect-
ed.
- When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not
in the AUTO position.
- When the High Beam Assist is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
OHI048533
3-95
0033
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist is not
working properly, the Check High
Beam Assist warning message will
come on for a few second. After the
message disappears, the master
warning light ( ) will illuminate.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
and have the system checked.
The High Beam Assist system
may not work properly in the
following situations.
• When the light from an on-
coming or front vehicle is dim.
Such examples may include:
- Light from a vehicle is not
detected because of lamp
damage, or because it is hid-
den from sight, etc.
- Headlamp of a vehicle is
covered with dust, snow or
water.
- A vehicle’s headlamps are
off but the fog lamps are on
and etc.
WARNING
• When the system is affected
by external conditions. Such
examples may include:
- There is a lamp that has a
similar shape as a vehicle’s
lamp.
- Headlamps have been dam-
aged or not repaired proper-
ly.
- Headlamps are not aimed
properly.
- Driving on a narrow curved
road, rough road, uphill or
downhill.
- Vehicle in front is partially
visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
- There is a traffic light, reflect-
ing sign, flashing sign or
mirror ahead.
- There is a temporary reflec-
tor or flash ahead (construc-
tion area).
- The road conditions are bad
such as being wet, iced or
covered with snow.
- A vehicle suddenly appears
from a curve.
- The vehicle is tilted from a
flat tire or being towed.
- The Lane Keeping Assist
system indicator (yellow)
light illuminates.
• When front visibility is poor.
Such examples may include:
- Light from a vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
- The front windshield is cov-
ered with foreign substance.
OHI048142L
3-96
Convenience Features of your vehicle
• Do not attempt to disassemble
the front view camera without
the assistance of an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products technician. If camera
is removed for any reason, the
system may need to be re-cali-
brated. Have the system
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• If the windshield of your vehi-
cle is replaced, most likely the
front view camera will need to
be re-calibrated. If this occurs,
have your vehicle inspected
and have the system re-cali-
brated by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Be careful that water doesn't
get into the High Beam Assist
unit and do not remove or dam-
age related components of the
High Beam Assist system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep
the camera dry.
• NEVER disassemble the cam-
era assembly, or apply any
impact on the camera assem-
bly.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflect light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may not be
able to function properly if sun-
light is reflected.
• At times, the High Beam Assist
may not work properly. The
system is for your convenience
only. It is the responsibility of
the driver for safe driving prac-
tices and always check the
road conditions for your safety.
• When the system does not
operate normally, switch the
headlamp position manually
between the high beam and
low beam.
WARNING
3-97
0033
Turn signals and lane change
signals
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
Onetouch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal
function, push the turn signal lever up
or down to position (B) and then
release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) from the Settings menu in the
AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Lights
→ 1 Touch Turn Signal → Off / 3
flashes / 5 flashes / 7 flashes
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to pre-
vent the battery from being dis-
charged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the engine off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the headlamp switch is
turned to the position lamp or AUTO
(if equipped) position after the engine
is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlamp switch on
the steering column after the engine
is turned off.
OHI048534
3-98
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Headlamp delay function
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed in the ACC position or the
OFF position with the headlamps
ON, the headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) remain on for about 5 min-
utes. However, if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,
with the engine off if the driver's door
is opened and closed, the headlamps
(and/or parking lamps) are turned off
after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the smart key
twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Lights
→ Headlight Delay
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
If the driver exits the vehicle
through another door besides the
driver door, the battery saver func-
tion does not operate and the
headlamp delay function does not
turn OFF automatically. This may
cause the battery to discharge. To
avoid battery discharge, turn OFF
the headlamps manually from the
headlamp switch before exiting the
vehicle
AFS (Adaptive Front-Lighting
System) (if equipped)
Adaptive front lighting system uses
vehicle speed and angle, to keep
your field of vision wide by leveling
the headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
tion when the engine is running. The
adaptive front lighting system will
operate when the headlamp is ON.
The system raises the low beam
angle when the vehicle speed is
above 72 mph (115 km/h), to secure
safety during high speed driving.
To turn off AFS, change the switch to
other positions. The headlamp level-
ing by the headlamp leveling device
still operates even after the AFS has
turned off.
NOTICE
OHI048473
OHI048105
3-99
0033
If the AFS malfunction indicator
comes on, the AFS is not working
properly.
Drive to the nearest safe location
and restart the engine. If the indica-
tor continuously remains on, have
the system be checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights can
help others to see the front of your
vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
• The light switch is in the parking or
headlamp lamp position, including
the operation that the parking lamp
or headlamp is turned on automat-
ically in the AUTO light position.
• The engine is turned off.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The turn signal light is on.
If you turn on the turn signal light,
only the corresponding daytime
running lights will turn off.
• The parking brake is applied.
Headlamp leveling device
It automatically adjusts the headlamp
beam level according to the number
of passengers and loading weight in
the luggage area.
And it offers proper headlamp beam
under various conditions.
Headlamp moisture removal
function (if equipped)
When moisture fogs up inside of the
headlamp, if the headlamp is on for
certain period of time, the fan circu-
lates the air inside to remove mois-
ture. If the moisture is not removed,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Reverse guide lamp
When the shift lever is in R
(Reverse), the back-up lamp turns on
and the reverse guide lamp at the
back of the vehicle lights the floor.
The lamp informs nearby drivers
that your vehicle is backing up.
If the function does not work
properly, have the system be
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the wiring
yourself.
WARNING
3-100
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Interior Lights
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine
is turned off or the battery will dis-
charge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors are closed. If a door is opened,
the lamp will go off 40 minutes after
the engine is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the remote key or
smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm sys-
tem, the lamps will go off five sec-
onds later.
Front lamps
• :
Press either of these buttons to
turn the map lamp on or off. This
light produces a spot beam for con-
venient use as a map lamp at night
or as a personal lamp for the driver
and the front passenger.
•
:
Press the button to turn ON all
front lamps. Re-repress the button
to turn OFF all front lamps.
NOTICE
OHI048423
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.The inte-
rior lights may obscure your view
and cause an accident.
WARNING
3-101
0033
• :
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or
not. When doors are unlocked by
the Smart Key, the front and rear
lamps come on for approximately
30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approx-
imately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps will turn off. If a door is
opened with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position or the
OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
•
:
Press this button to turn the front
and rear room lamps on and off.
Rear lamp
• :
Press the button to turn ON both
rear lamps. You cannot separately
turn OFF the rear lamp type B.
Repress the button to turn OFF the
rear lamps.
•
:
Press the button to dim the rear
lamp type A. Re-press the button to
turn OFF the lamp.
•
:
Press this button to turn the rear
lamp type B on and off.
OHI048424
■ Type A
■ Type B
OHI048425
3-102
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Trunk lamp
The trunk lamp comes on when the
trunk is opened.
Vanity mirror lamp (Front)
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
Rear mirror lamp (if equipped)
Press the cover and it will slowly
open and the mirror lamp will turn
ON.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
OHI048430
OHI048427
OHI049426N
OHI048428
3-103
0033
Puddle lamp
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the smart key or
when you put your hand in the out-
side door handle with the smart key
in possession.
For more details, refer to
"Welcome System" in this chap-
ter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position and the driver's
door is opened, the puddle lamp will
come on for 30 seconds. If the dri-
ver's door is closed within the 30
seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off
after 15 seconds. If the driver's door
is closed and locked, the puddle
lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
Welcome System
Welcome light
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp
With all the doors (and trunk) closed
and locked, the puddle lamp and
door handle lamp will come on for
approximately 15 seconds if any of
the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When you put your hand in the out-
side door handle with the smart
key in possession.
• If ' Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome
Mirror/Light → Enable on Driver
Approach' is selected from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen, the lamps will turn on when
the vehicle is approached with the
smart key in possession.
You can activate or deactivate this
function from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
OHI049411N
OHI049429N
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When you put your hand into the
door handle while carrying the
smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the remote key or
smart key the room lamp will turn off
immediately.
3-104
Convenience Features of your vehicle
3-105
0033
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Auto control wipe time adjust-
ment
C : Wash with brief wipes
Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release.
The wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To vary
the speed setting, move the
speed control lever. The top most
setting will run the wipers most
frequently (for more rain).The bot-
tom setting will run the wipers the
least frequently (for less rain).
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the wiper and washer
system.
Information
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper will
operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to the
OFF position when the wiper is not in
use.
i
i
WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS
OHI048575L
3-106
Convenience Features of your vehicle
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF (O)
position to stop the auto wiper
operation. The wiper may oper-
ate and be damaged if the switch
is set in the AUTO mode while
washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to system com-
ponents could occur and may
not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Windshield Washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever gen-
tly toward you to spray washer fluid on
the windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper oper-
ation will continue until you release
the lever. If the washer does not work,
you may need to add washer fluid to
the washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
OHI048536
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the wind-
shield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
3-107
0033
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids
in the winter season or cold
weather.
NOTICE
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm
the windshield using the
defroster to prevent the washer
fluid from freezing on the wind-
shield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an acci-
dent and serious injury or death.
WARNING
3-108
Convenience Features of your vehicle
S
SUURRRROOUUNNDD VVIIEEWW MMOONNIITTOORR
Surround View Monitor system can
assist in parking by allowing the driv-
er to see around the vehicle.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
• The system is activated when the
following steps are performed.
1. The surround view monitor but-
ton (1,indicator ON) is pressed
2. The shift lever is in D (Drive), N
(Neutral) or R (Reverse) and
vehicle speed is under 10 mph
(15 km/h)
3. The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system is
activated
• The system is deactivated when
one of the following is performed.
- The surround view monitor button
(1, indicator OFF) is pressed again
- Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15
km/h)
• When vehicle speed is over
15km/h, the system will turn off.
The system will not automatically
turn on again, even though vehicle
speed gets below 10 mph (15
km/h). Press the button (1, indica-
tor ON) again, to turn on the sys-
tem.
• When the vehicle is backing up, the
system will turn ON regardless of
vehicle speed or button status.
However, if vehicle speed is over
10 mph (15 km/h) when driving for-
ward, the Surround View Monitor
system will turn off.
• An indicator on the screen appears
when:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver's door is opened
- The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is folded
• If the system is not operating nor-
mally, the system should be
checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
OHI048408L
OHI048563
3-109
0033
Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with foreign material.
However, do not use chemical sol-
vents such as strong detergents
containing high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, ace-
tone etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
NOTICE
(1) Front camera
(2) Left/Right cam-
era
(3) Rear camera
Surround View Monitor system
only serves to assist the driver
in parking. ALWAYS look around
your vehicle to make sure there
are no objects or obstacles
before moving the vehicle.
CAUTION
ODH047435
[A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system assists the driver
during movement of the vehicle by
chiming if any object is sensed with-
in the distance of 39 inches (100 cm)
in front and 47 inches (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
3-110
Convenience Features of your vehicle
F
FOORRWWAARRDD//RREEVVEERRSSEE PPAARRKKIINNGG DDIISSTTAANNCCEE WWAARRNNIINNGG ((PPDDWW))
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles
before moving the vehicle in
any direction to prevent a col-
lision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all
of which can limit the effec-
tiveness of the sensor.
WARNING
OHI049402N
OHI048403
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system button is pressed
with the engine running.
• Sensing distance when backing up
is approximately 47 in (120 cm)
when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• Sensing distance when moving for-
ward is approximately 39 in (100
cm) when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• If you move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position with the engine
running and Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system
off, the system will operate auto-
matically. But it will turn off automat-
ically, when the vehicle speed
exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h). The
system will automatically operate
again if vehicle speed returns to 6
mph (10 km/h).
3-111
0033
OHI048405L
3-112
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Distance
from object
inches (cm)
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
24 ~ 39
(60 ~ 100)
Front -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
24 ~ 47
(60 ~ 120)
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 ~ 24
(30 ~ 60)
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
frequently
12
(30)
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear -
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Types of warning sound and indicator
Information
The indicator may differ from the
illustration depending on objects or
sensors status. If the indicator blinks,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
When you shift the gear to R
(Reverse) and if one or more of the
below occurs you may have a mal-
function with the Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system.
• The audible warning does not
sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• A message appears on the
instrument cluster LCD display.
If one of the above occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
i
OHI048174L
Non-operational Conditions of
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system may
not operate normally when any
of the following occur:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
ter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
The Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system may
experience a malfunction when
the following occurs:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sen-
sor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not
be recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3-113
0033
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) System
Precautions
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may not operate
consistently in some circum-
stances depending on the speed of
the vehicle and the shapes of the
objects detected.
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may malfunction if
the vehicle bumper height or sen-
sor installation has been modified
or damaged. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 12 in. (30 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the sys-
tem may be inoperative until the
snow or ice melts, or the debris is
removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe
debris away from the sensor.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-
rounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the sensors to fail to operate
normally.
3-114
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system.
Always drive safely and cau-
tiously.
WARNING
3-115
0033
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
Front
1. Driver's temperature control knob
2. Driver's AUTO button
3. Driver's mode selection button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Rear window defroster button
6. SYNC button
7. AQS (Air quality system) button
8. Air intake control button
9. Passenger's mode selection button
10. Passenger's temperature control
knob
11. Passenger's AUTO button
12. Driver's fan speed control button
13. OFF button
14. Climate control information screen
selection button
15. Air conditioning button
16. Passenger's fan speed control button
Rear
17. Rear fan speed control knob
18. Rear mode selection button
19. Rear OFF button
20. Rear AUTO button
21. Rear temperature control knob
22. LCD display
■■
Front
■ Rear
OHI048339L/OHI048302L
3-116
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Automatic Heating and Air
Conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired tem-
perature.
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature set-
ting you select.
2. Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
After the interior has cooled suffi-
ciently, adjust the knob to a higher
temperature set point whenever
possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any function of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign
will illuminate on the climate infor-
mation screen once again.)
- Fan speed control button
OHI048305
■ Driver's side
OHI048308
OHI048307
■ Front
• Driver's side • Passenger's side
■ Passenger's side
■ Rear
3-117
0033
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate con-
trol, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72°F (22°C).
Information
Never place anything near or covering
the sensor (both inside and outside the
vehicle) to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
Manual Heating and Air
Conditioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the
mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the fol-
lowing method to improve heating.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
- Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a high-
er level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
The climate control system settings
will be maintained, even when the
engine is turned OFF. However, the
climate control system settings will
be initialized when the battery has
been discharged, or when the cables
have been disconnected. In this
case, adjust the climate control sys-
tem settings again.
i
OHI048309
3-118
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
OHI048312
• Side outlet vents (D)
G90 is equipped with temperature sensors inside the side outlet vents to
accurately measure and control air temperature both in the driver's seat and
the front passenger's seat. However, when the side outlet vents are closed,
the temperature sensor will measure air temperature only inside the side out-
let vents. For accurate temperature control, open the side outlet vents.
• Rear outlet vents (F)
The rear outlet vents are controlled by the rear climate control system.
3-119
0033
Front mode selection button
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet direction is cycled
as follows:
Information
The passenger's side cannot select the
Floor & Defrost ( ) mode.
Face-Level (B, C, D, F, G)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
A small amount of air blows from the
floor air vents to help provide pleas-
ant air quality inside the passenger
compartment.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
i
OHI048310
■ Driver's side ■ Passenger's side
3-120
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Rear mode selection button
If you press the rear mode selection
button, you can adjust the rear mode
individually.
To adjust the rear mode individually,
go to the AVN system screen and
select 'Setup → General Settings'
and deselect 'Lock Rear Controls'
(the RSE LOCKED indicator on the
rear armrest will turn off). If the 'Lock
Rear Controls' is selected (the RSE
LOCKED indicator on the rear arm-
rest will turn on), the rear mode will
operate same as the front mode.
For more information on the RSE
LOCKED indicator, refer to “Rear
Switches Operating Limitation” in
chapter 2.
The air flow outlet direction is cycled
as follows:
Face-Level (F, G)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face
Bi-Level (E, F, G)
Air flow is directed toward the face
and floor
Floor-Level (E)
Air flow is directed toward the floor.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Information
The rear climate control system will be
deactivated if the fan speed is set to the
highest position with the front wind-
shield defroster button ON. However, if
the rear climate control switch is oper-
ated, the system will reactivate.
i
OHI048311
OHI048313
3-121
0033
Instrument panel vents
The instrument panel vent air flow
can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can be closed using the
thumbwheel. To close the vent rotate
it left ( ). To open the vent, rotate it
right ( ).
Temperature control
The temperature will increase by
turning the knob to the right. The
temperature will decrease by turning
the knob to the left. The temperature
will increase or decrease by 1°F
(0.5°C). When set to the lowest tem-
perature setting, the air conditioning
will operate continuously.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from
°C to °F or °F to °C :
- Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button for 3 sec-
onds while pressing the OFF but-
ton.
OHI048315
■ Front
■ Rear
OHI048308
OHI048307
■ Front
• Driver's side • Passenger's side
■ Rear
3-122
Convenience Features of your vehicle
- AVN system screen
Select 'Setup → General Settings
→ Unit → Temperature Unit °C / °F'
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The temperature unit on the cluster
LCD display and AVN system screen
will change.
SYNC button
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature and air flow
direction equally
• Press the SYNC button (LED ON)
to adjust the driver and front/rear
passenger side temperature and
air flow direction equally.
The front and rear passenger side
temperature and air flow direction
will be set to the same temperature
and air flow direction as the driver's
side.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Press the driver side mode selec-
tion button. The driver and front/
rear passenger side air flow will be
adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature and air flow
direction individually
Press the SYNC button again (LED
OFF) to adjust the driver and
front/rear passenger side tempera-
ture and air flow direction individually.
OHI048318
3-123
0033
Air intake control
The air intake control button is used
to select either Fresh mode (outside
air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode
is selected, air from the
passenger compartment
will be recirculated through
the system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Information
Operating the system primarily in
Fresh mode is recommended. Use
Recirculation mode temporarily only
when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the
windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result
in excessively dry, dehumidified air in
the cabin and may promote formation
of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
i
OHI048340
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode for a pro-
longed period of time may
cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
accident.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the wind-
shield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for pro-
longed periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
WARNING
3-124
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Air Quality System (AQS)
This system automatically senses
outdoor air pollutants and minimizes
their flow into the vehicle. However,
unpleasant or foul odors that might
be present may still be noticeable
within the vehicle.
To turn the AQS ON, press the button.
If the windows fog up with the
Recirculation mode or AQS mode
selected, set the air intake control to
Fresh mode or AQS control to OFF.
Information
• The AQS button indicator will imme-
diately illuminate when the engine is
started with the AQS in the ON posi-
tion. However, the AQS starts oper-
ating after 40 seconds.
• The AQS filters out toxic exhaust (i.e.
NO, NO2, SO2, CO, CxHy) to pre-
vent it from entering the passenger
compartment but, does not totally
block odor.
The AQS does not operate in any of
the following situations :
• The AQS button is re-repressed to
the OFF position.
• Either Fresh mode or the
Recirculation mode is selected.
• The front defroster button is
pressed ON or the Floor & Defrost
( ) mode is selected.
• The temperature is set to either the
highest (HI) or the lowest (Lo) posi-
tion, while the climate control sys-
tem is automatically controlled
(AUTO button LED ON).
• The OFF button of the climate con-
trol system is selected.
• The Auto Defogging system oper-
ates to defog the front windshield.
i
OHI048330
3-125
0033
Fan speed control
Front
Press the ( ) button to increase fan
speed and air flow. Press the ( ) but-
ton to decrease fan speed and air
flow.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Operating the fan speed when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position could cause the bat-
tery to discharge. Operate the fan
speed when the engine is running.
Rear
Turn the knob to the right ( ) to
increase fan speed and airflow. Turn
the knob to the left ( ) to decrease
fan speed and airflow.
To adjust the rear fan speed control
individually, go to the AVN system
screen and select 'Setup → General
Settings' and deselect 'Lock Rear
Controls' (the RSE LOCKED indicator
on the rear armrest will turn off). If the
'Lock Rear Controls' is selected (the
RSE LOCKED indicator on the rear
armrest will turn on), the rear fan
speed control will operate same as
the front fan speed control.
For more information on the RSE
LOCKED indicator, refer to "Rear
Switches Operating Limitation" in
chapter 2.
NOTICE
OHI048324
OHI048331
3-126
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
Push the A/C button to manually turn
the system on (LED ON) and off.
OFF mode
Push the OFF button to turn off the
climate control system.
Climate control information
screen selection button
Press the climate control information
screen selection button to display cli-
mate control information on the AVN
system screen.
OHI048325L
■ Front
OHI048326
■ Rear
OHI048341L
OHI048323
3-127
0033
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehu-
midify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recircu-
lation mode. Return the control to
the to fresh mode when the
unpleasant air outside has dimin-
ished. This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and
the fan speed to the desired posi-
tion, turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the tempera-
ture control to the desired temper-
ature.
Air conditioning
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle air
conditioning system is filled with R-
1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly.
When the desired temperature in
the cabin is reached, change the
air intake control back to Fresh
mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
lowest temperature setting, then set
the fan speed control to the highest
setting.
3-128
Convenience Features of your vehicle
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine tem-
perature gauge closely while driv-
ing up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures
can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn
the air conditioning system off if
the engine temperature gauge
indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from recir-
culation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the win-
dows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the position and fan speed
control to the lowest speed.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or
other pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air condi-
tioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products according to the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads and/or
if transporting pets or occupants
smoke inside the vehicle, then more
frequent cabin air filter inspections
and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-
es, the system should be checked at
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
OHI048581L
3-129
0033
Checking the amount of air con-
ditioner refrigerant and com-
pressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur. To
prevent damage, the air condition-
ing system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air condition-
ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-
cle on the label located inside of the
hood.
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubri-
cant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
NOTICE
OHI049538N
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is mildly flammable
and operated at high
pressure, the air con-
ditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equip-
ment.
Venting refrigerants directly to
the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
WARNING
OHYK059001
3-130
Convenience Features of your vehicle
To prevent damage to the conduc-
tors bonded to the inside surface
of the rear window, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to the
"Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging" section in this chapter.
Rear Window Defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while the engine is running.
• Press the Rear Window Defroster
button to turn the rear window
defroster ON and OFF. The Rear
Window Defroster button LED will
illuminate when the defroster is
ON.
• The rear window defroster auto-
matically turns off after approxi-
mately 20 minutes or when the
engine is turned off.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
Side view mirror defroster
The side view mirror defroster will
operate at the same time as the rear
window defroster.
Front Wiper Deicer
(if equipped)
The front wiper deicer will operate at
the same time as the rear window
defroster.
i
NOTICE
DDEEFFRROOSSTTEERR
OHI048303
3-131
0033
WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG
• For maximum defrost perform-
ance, set the temperature control
knob to the highest temperature
setting (rotated all the way to the
right) and the fan speed control to
the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind-
shield.
If the engine temperature is still
cold after starting, then a brief
engine warm up period may be
required for the vented air flow to
become warm or hot.
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically. Additionally, the air con-
ditioning will automatically operate
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
Check to make sure the air condi-
tioning is ON. If the air conditioning
button LED is not illuminated, press
the air conditioning (A/C) button
once to turn the air conditioner ON.
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode.
NOTICE
Windshield heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
WARNING
OHI049334N
3-132
Convenience Features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically. Additionally, the air con-
ditioning will automatically operate
according to the detected ambient
temperature. Check to make sure
the air intake control is in Fresh
mode.
Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
positions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
1. Turn the engine ON.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
(A/C) button, press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The air intake control button indicator
will blink 3 times to indicate that the
defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OHI049328N
3-133
0033
CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS
Auto Defogging System
Auto defogging helps reduce the pos-
sibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the climate control system is on.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indi-
cator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is
detected in the vehicle, the Auto
Defogging System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode under
low outside temperature.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windshield.
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to
MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recircu-
lation mode is manually selected
while Auto Defogging System is ON,
the Auto Defogging System Indicator
will blink 3 times to signal that the
manual operation has been can-
celed.
To cancel or activate the Auto
Defogging System
Climate control system
• To cancel the auto defogging
system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON or START position.
2. Press the front defroster button for
approximately 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button LED will
blink 3 times and then ADS OFF
will illuminate on the climate control
information screen when the auto
defogging system is canceled.
• To reactivate the auto defogging
system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON or START position.
2. Press the front defroster button for
approximately 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button LED will
blink 6 times and then ADS OFF
will turn off on the climate control
information screen when the auto
defogging system is reactivated.
i
OHI048309
3-134
Convenience Features of your vehicle
AVN system screen
The Auto Defogging System can also
be canceled or selected from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
A/C button LED will blink 3 times
and the air conditioning will not be
turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
button, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control but-
ton are all disabled.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Clean Air
When the engine is running, the clean
air function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
Automatic Ventilation
(if equipped)
The system automatically selects the
fresh mode when the climate control
system operates over a certain peri-
od of time (approximately 30 min-
utes) in low temperature with the
recirculation mode selected.
To cancel or reactivate
the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
press the air recirculation mode but-
ton at least 5 times within 3 seconds
while pressing the A/C button.
When the automatic ventilation is can-
celed, the air intake control button LED
blinks 3 times. When the automatic
ventilation is activated, the air intake
control button LED blinks 6 times.
NOTICE
i
OHI048566L
3-135
0033
Sunroof Inside Air
Recirculation (if equipped)
When the sunroof is opened, outside
(fresh) air will be automatically
selected. At this time, if you press the
air intake control button, recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to outside (fresh) air
after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is
closed, the air intake position will
return to the original position that
was selected.
Setting the Climate Control
System in the AVN System
Screen
Using the AVN System screen,
select 'Home → Climate'.
The Climate settings screen will be
displayed.
Climate information
Climate information (e.g. temperature,
air-flow direction, fan speed, etc.) of
the driver's/front passenger’s/rear
seats is displayed.
Adjusting the rear climate con-
trol system
Select 'Rear Climate Controls' and
then adjust the temperature, fan
speed and mode selection.
Also, the rear climate controls can be
turned off by selecting OFF.
OHI048181L
OHI048183L
3-136
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Smart ventilation
• The smart ventilation system main-
tains pleasant/fresh air condition
inside the passenger compartment
by automatically detecting/control-
ling the temperature, humidity, etc.,
when you drive the vehicle with the
climate control system in the OFF
position. When the smart ventila-
tion system starts to operate, the
message, "SMART VENTILATION
ON" appears for 5 seconds.
• Check the box next to ‘Smart Vent’
to turn on the function and uncheck
the box to turn off the function.
Information
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when the OFF button of
the climate control system is selected.
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when any button of the
climate control system is selected for
operation.
• The smart ventilation system may
not operate, when the vehicle is
driven at low speed.
Pay extreme caution not to damage
the CO2 sensor, which is located
inside the glove box undercover.
Activate Carbon Dioxide monitor
(if equipped)
• When driving, the climate control
system controls CO2 concentra-
tion and maintains pleasant air in
the vehicle.
• Check the box next to 'Activate
Carbon Dioxide Monitor' to turn on
the function and uncheck the box
to turn off the function.
For detailed information on the
features described, scan the QR
code in a separately supplied sim-
ple manual.
NOTICE
i
OHI048185L
OHI048184L
3-137
0033
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
Center Console Storage
To open :
Press the button.
Rear Console Storage
To open :
Press the button.
NOTICE
SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage com-
partment covers closed secure-
ly while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
OHI048431
OHI048432
3-138
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Glove Box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key
(1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
Sunglass Holder
To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
ALWAYS close the glove box
after use.
An open glove box can cause
serious injury to the passenger
in an accident, even if the pas-
senger is wearing a seat belt.
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving.The rear view mirror of
the vehicle can be blocked by
an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you try
to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed.
WARNING
OHI048435 OHI048436
3-139
0033
IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
Cup Holder
You can also store cups or small bev-
erage cans inside.
Front seats
Press the cover and it will slowly
open.
Rear seats
Press the cover and it will slowly
open.
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
tronic system and damage elec-
trical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder using hot
temperatures. This may damage
the cup holder.
NOTICE
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of sud-
den stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
WARNING
OHI048440
OHI048439L
3-140
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Sunvisor
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
from the side window, pull it down-
ward, release it from the bracket (1)
and swing it to the side towards the
window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-
ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover secure-
ly and return the sunvisor to its origi-
nal position after use.
Do not put several tickets in the
ticket holder at one time. This
could cause damage to the ticket
holder.
Rear Mirror (if equipped)
To open:
Press the cover and it will slowly
open and the mirror lamp will turn
ON.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure to close the rear mirror
cover after use. If not, the rear mir-
ror lamp remains ON, possibly
draining the battery or damaging
the rear mirror.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI048444 OHI048562
For your safety, do not block your
view when using the sunvisor.
WARNING
3-141
0033
Power Outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180 W
(Watts) with the engine running.
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug after
use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time
with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric acces-
sories which are less than 180 W
(Watts) in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet.These devices may
cause excessive audio static
and malfunctions in other elec-
tronic systems or devices used
in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electri-
cal/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/
electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
NOTICE
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with wet hands.
WARNING
OHI048446
■ Front
• Type A
OHI048445
• Type B
OHI048447
■ Rear
3-142
Convenience Features of your vehicle
USB Charger (if equipped)
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be
recharged when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ACC, ON or
START position.
Insert the USB charger into the USB
port, and re-charge a smart phone or
a tablet PC.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging sys-
tem.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC,
which adopts a different re-charg-
ing method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
OHI048438L
■ Front
OHI048450
■ Rear
3-143
0033
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
On certain models, the vehicle
comes equipped with a wireless cel-
lular phone charger.
The system is available when all
doors are closed, and when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC, ON or START position.
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones ( ). Read the label
on the cellular phone accessory
cover or visit your cellular phone
manufacturer's website to check
whether your cellular phone supports
the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charg-
ing unit. If not, the wireless charg-
ing process may be interrupted.
Place the cellular phone on the
center of the charging pad ( ).
2. The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging. The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire-
less charging function from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Wireless
Charging
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging
pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for
10 seconds if there is a malfunction in
the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a mes-
sage on the LCD display if the cellular
phone is still on the wireless charging
unit after the engine is turned OFF
and the front door is opened.
For some manufacturers' cellular
phones, the system may not warn
you even though the cellular phone is
left on the wireless charging unit. This
is due to the particular characteristic
of the cellular phone and not a mal-
function of the wireless charging.
OHI048437L
3-144
Convenience Features of your vehicle
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not sup-
port certain cellular phones,
which are not verified for the Qi
specification ( ).
• When placing your cellular
phone on the charging mat,
position the phone in the middle
of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your cell phone
is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some
cases the cell phone may experi-
ence higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless
charging may stop temporarily
when the Remote Key or Smart
Key is used, either when starting
the vehicle or locking/unlocking
the doors, etc.
• When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator
may not change to green when
the cell phone is fully charged.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop, when tem-
perature abnormally increases
inside the wireless cellular phone
charging system. Stop the charg-
ing cellular phone and wait until
temperature falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop when there
is any metallic item, such as a
coin, between the wireless cellular
phone charging system and the
cellular phone.
• When charging some cellular
phones with a self-protection fea-
ture, the wireless charging speed
may decrease and the wireless
charging may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may
not be possible.
• If the cellular phone is not com-
pletely contacting the charging
pad, wireless charging may not
operate properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets
may be damaged if left with the
cellular phone during the charging
process.
• When any cellular phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibil-
ity of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the cellular phone
in any way.
Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position, the charging also
stops.
Information
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
i
i
NOTICE
3-145
0033
Coat hook
These hooks are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
Clock
You can set the clock by using the
AVN System.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
OHI048452
■ Type A
OHI048453
■ Type B
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable objects
in the clothes pockets. In an acci-
dent or when the curtain air bag
is inflated, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.
WARNING
OHI048540
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury.
WARNING
OHI048451
3-146
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Bag Hanger
Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on
the hook (2). Fold the hook when not
in use.
Do no hang items that weighs
over 22 lbs. (10 kg).
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
NOTICE
OHI048454
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weath-
er rubber mat on top of a car-
peted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis
floor mat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
WARNING
3-147
0033
Rear Window Sunshade
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B, [C] : Type C
• To raise or lower the sunshade,
press the button.
• The rear window sunshade will be
lowered automatically when the
vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse)
and raised automatically when the
vehicle is shifted from R (Reverse)
to P (Park).
• After the rear window sunshade is
lowered by shifting the vehicle to R
(Reverse), if you drive more than
12 mph (20 km/h) with the shift
lever in D (Drive), the rear window
sunshade will be raised automati-
cally.
• If you place objects on the pack-
age tray, while operating the rear
window sunshade, may damage
the sunshade.
• Do not apply excessive force
while operating the rear window
sunshade. This could cause
damage to the rear window sun-
shade.
NOTICE
OHI048455
■ Front
OHI049456N
■ Rear
OHI048457
3-148
Convenience Features of your vehicle
Rear Side Window Sunshade
[1] : Right side, [2] Left side
For each of the rear doors, you can
fold or unfold the rear side window
sunshade by using the power win-
dow switch on each rear door. Both
rear sunshades can also be operat-
ed from the switches on the driver’s
door.
To unfold:
1. Close the window by pulling up the
switch.
2. To unfold the sunshade, pull up the
switch once more.
To fo l d :
1. If you want to open the shaded
window, push down the switch one
time to store the sunshade.
2. Push down the switch one more
time to open the window.
Information
If the upward or downward move-
ment of the sunshade is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the sun-
shade will detect the resistance and
will stop movement and move down-
ward or upward.
To reset the rear side window
sunshades
If the sunshade is not operating nor-
mally, it must be reset as follows:
1. Start the engine.
2. Continue pulling up on the power
window switch for at least 10 sec-
onds.
If the rear side window sunshade
does not work properly after follow-
ing the above procedure, it is recom-
mended that the system be checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Do not apply excessive external
force on the rear side window sun-
shade while operating. It may
cause a malfunction.
NOTICE
i
OHI048462
■ Driver’s window switch
OHI048461
■ Rear window switch
3-149
0033
Luggage Net Holder
To help items from shifting in the
trunk, you can use the holders locat-
ed in the trunk to attach the luggage
net.
Make sure the luggage net is secure-
ly attached to the holders in the
trunk.
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of
the luggage net's recoil path. DO
NOT use the luggage net when
the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.
WARNING
OHI048459
■ Type A
OHI048460
■ Type B
4
44.. IInnffoottaaiinnmmeenntt SSyysstteemm
Infotainment System ....................4-2
USB Port ............................................4-2
Antenna ............................................4-3
Steering Wheel Audio Control ........4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation System..4-5
DVD Player ........................................4-5
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ....4-6
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic devices may not
function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as per-
fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
USB Port
You can use a USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB
port.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
i
NOTICE
IINNFFOOTTAAIINNMMEENNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
4-2
Infotainment system
OHI048438L
■ Front
■ Rear
OHI048450
Antenna
Combination antenna (1)
The combination antenna will receive
AM, FM broadcast and SXM channel
signals and transmit data.
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear window glass with a cleaner
or scraper to remove foreign
deposits as this may cause dam-
age to the antenna elements.
• To prevent damage to the rear
glass antenna, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaner
containing abrasives to clean
the window. Clean the inside
surface of the rear glass window
with a piece of soft cloth.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings
such as Ni, Cd, etc. These can
degrade the receiving AM and
FM broadcast signals.
• When putting a sticker on the
inside surface of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to damage
the rear glass antenna.
• Do not put sharp instruments
nearby the rear glass antenna.
NOTICE
4-3
0044
OHI048463
Steering Wheel Remote
Control
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control switches simulta-
neously.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to
increase volume.
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
When shortly pressed (under 0.8 sec-
onds)
• SXM/FM/AM: plays broadcast fre-
quencies saved to presets.
• Media mode: plays previous/next
file.
When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
onds)
• SXM/FM/AM: changes the broad-
cast frequencies or channels until
the button is released.
• Media mode: rewinds or fast for-
wards the file.
MODE (3)
• Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio/Media modes. Only
active/available media can be
accessed.
• Press and hold the button to turn
AV ON/OFF.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Voice recognition ( ) (5)
Press to activate voice recognition
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
NOTICE
4-4
Infotainment system
OHI048593L
4-5
0044
Audio / Video / Navigation
System
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
DVD Player (if equipped)
The DVD player is installed in the
glove box. If you press the left upper
side in the glove box, the DVD slot
will come down.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
Information
Video is not available while driving.
Video is only available when the vehi-
cle is stopped and the gear is shifted to
P (Park).
i
OHI048465L
■ Front switch
OHI048485L
■ Center control panel
OHI049466N
■ Rear remote switch
OHI048060
OHI048061
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
4-6
Infotainment system
OHI048468
OHI048469
To avoid driver distractions, do
not excessively operate the
device while driving the vehicle
which may lead to an accident.
CAUTION
5
Before Driving ..............................5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle ............5-4
Before Starting ................................5-4
Engine Start/Stop Button ............5-6
Engine Stop/Start Button
Positions ..........................................5-7
Starting the Engine ........................5-8
Turning Off the Engine ....................5-9
Automatic Transmission..............5-10
Automatic Transmission
Operation ......................................5-10
Shift-lock System ............................5-14
When the Battery is Discharged....5-14
Parking ............................................5-15
Paddle Shifter
(Manual Shift Mode) ......................5-15
LCD Display Messages ..................5-16
Good Driving Practices ..................5-19
Braking System ............................5-21
Power Brakes ..................................5-21
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........5-22
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)......5-22
Auto Hold ........................................5-27
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........5-31
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ..5-33
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)..............................................5-36
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ......5-37
Good Braking Practices ................5-38
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ..............5-39
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........5-39
Emergency Precautions ................5-42
Genesis adaptive control
suspension ................................5-44
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) ..............................................5-44
Dynamic Stability Damping Control
(DSDC) ..........................................5-44
Drive Mode Integrated Control
System ........................................5-45
Drive Mode ....................................5-45
Coasting ......................................5-49
Coasting Setting ............................5-49
Coasting Operating Conditions ....5-49
Coasting Release Conditions........5-50
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist
(FCA) System - Sensor Fusion Type
(Front Radar + Front Camera) ....5-51
System Setting and Operation ......5-51
FCA Warning Message and Brake
Control ..........................................5-53
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front
Camera) ........................................5-56
System Malfunction ......................5-58
Limitations of the System..............5-59
Forward Collision-avoidance
Assist - Lane-Change Oncoming
Function ......................................5-66
System Setting and Operation......5-66
Limitations of the System..............5-67
Blind-spot Collision Warning
(BCW)/Blind-spot Collision-
avoidance Assist (BCA) ..............5-68
System Description........................5-68
System Setting and Operation......5-69
Warning and System Control ........5-72
Detecting Sensor
(Camera and Radar) ......................5-75
System Malfunction........................5-77
Limitations of the System ..............5-78
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning
(RCCW)/Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-avoidance Assist
(RCCA) ........................................5-82
System Description ........................5-82
System Setting and Operation......5-83
Warning and System Control ........5-85
5
55.. DDrriivviinngg YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee
55.. DDrriivviinngg YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee
Detecting Sensor ..........................5-88
System Malfunction ......................5-89
Limitations of the System ............5-90
Parking Collision-avoidance
Assist-Reverse (PCA) ..................5-95
System Setting and Operation ......5-95
Warning and System Control ........5-96
Detecting Sensor ..........................5-98
System Malfunction ....................5-100
Limitations of the System ............5-100
Smart Cruise Control with
Stop & Go System......................5-102
Smart Cruise Control Switch ......5-103
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Smart
Cruise Control ............................5-104
Converting to Cruise Control
Mode ............................................5-104
Smart Cruise Control Speed ........5-105
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-
Vehicle Distance ..........................5-110
Sensor to Detect Distance to the
Vehicle Ahead ..............................5-113
System Malfunction ......................5-114
Limitations of the System ............5-115
Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert ............................................5-120
System Setting and Operation ....5-120
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise
Control ........................................5-121
System Setting and Operation ....5-122
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
System ........................................5-125
LFA Setting and Operation ..........5-126
Warning Message..........................5-127
Limitations of the System ............5-129
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
System ........................................5-131
LKA operation................................5-132
Warning Light and Message ........5-134
Limitations of the System ............5-136
LKA System Setting ....................5-137
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
System ........................................5-138
System Setting and Operation ....5-139
Warning Message ..........................5-141
Blind-Spot View Monitor
System ........................................5-144
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
System ........................................5-145
System Setting and Operation ....5-145
Resetting the System ..................5-147
System Standby ............................5-147
System Malfunction ......................5-147
Special Driving Conditions ......5-149
Hazardous Driving Conditions ....5-149
Rocking the Vehicle......................5-149
Smooth Cornering ........................5-150
Driving at Night ............................5-150
Driving in the Rain ........................5-150
Driving in Flooded Areas ..............5-151
Highway Driving ............................5-151
Winter Driving ............................5-152
Snow or Icy Conditions ................5-152
Winter Precautions ......................5-154
Vehicle Load Limit ....................5-156
Tire Loading Information Label....5-157
Trailer Towing..............................5-161
Declaration of Conformity ........5-162
Front Radar....................................5-162
Rear Corner Radar ........................5-163
5
5-3
0055
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause uncon-
sciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or
smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the win-
dows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to
change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound
of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath
side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible
by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is
a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine
and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the
vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside
the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at
"Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation
air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or
other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",
and the fan control set to high.
WARNING
5-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mir-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outer side
view mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the mes-
sages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check that any items you are car-
rying are stored properly or fas-
tened down securely.
BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a vehi-
cle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain
or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
WARNING
5-5
0055
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-
lowing precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be prop-
erly belted whenever the vehi-
cle is moving. For more infor-
mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedes-
trians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may
result in an accident and SERI-
OUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, percep-
tions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reac-
tion time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive. If
you are drinking or taking
drugs, don't drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a taxi.
WARNING
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-
minate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
EENNGGIINNEE SSTTAARRTT//SSTTOOPP BBUUTTTTOONN
5-6
Driving your vehicle
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR rapidly press
and release the Engine Start/
Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine
Start/Stop button while the
vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. This will result
in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of direc-
tional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure to
press the P button to shift to P
(Park), set the parking brake,
press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position,
and take the Smart Key with
you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
WARNING
OHI058001
5-7
0055
Engine Stop/Start Button
Positions
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
Note if the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed with the vehicle shifted to
D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park).
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the vehicle shifted to N
(Neutral), the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton will go to the ACC position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF posi-
tion without depressing the brake
pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories
are usable. The steering wheel
unlocks.
Information
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton in the ACC position for more than
one hour, the battery power will turn
off automatically to prevent the bat-
tery from discharging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Information
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent the
battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the vehicle
shifted to the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with
the vehicle shifted to the P (Park)
position.
Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton without depressing the brake
pedal, the engine does not start and
the Engine Start/Stop button changes
as follows:
OFF
→
→
ACC
→→
ON
→→
OFF
However, the engine may start if you
depress the brake pedal within 0.5 sec-
ond after pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button from the OFF position.
i
i
i
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
5-8
Driving your vehicle
Starting the Engine
Information
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, if it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC, ON and START posi-
tion, if any door is open, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, the
warning "Key not in vehicle" will
come on and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. Keep the smart key in the
vehicle.
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to
P (Park) by pressing the P button.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains station-
ary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Steep accelerating
and decelerating should be avoid-
ed.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while start-
ing the vehicle. Do not race the
engine while warming it up.
i
i
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move which
can lead to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may sud-
denly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
WARNING
5-9
0055
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to shift
the gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button in an attempt to restart
the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normal-
ly. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If you are not able to replace
the fuse, you can start the engine
by pressing and holding the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10
seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/
Stop button for more than 10 sec-
onds except when the stop lamp
fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting the
engine.
Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key in the direction of the pic-
ture above.
Turning Off the Engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P
(Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the OFF position and apply
the parking brake.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI058006
5-10
Driving your vehicle
[A] : P button, [B] : UNLOCK button, [C] : P release button
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN
OHI058010L
When you move the shift lever, depress the brake pedal while
pressing the UNLOCK button.
5-11
0055
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the gear position when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual mode
to P (Park), press the P button.
If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),
R (Reverse) or Manual shift mode the
shifting automatically changes to P
(Park).
When you park the vehicle, press the
P button while depressing the brake
pedal and then apply the parking
brake.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
vehicle is shifted to the P
(Park) position, then apply the
parking brake, and place the
Engine Start/Stop button in
the OFF position. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle move-
ment can occur if these pre-
cautions are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode), do not
use engine braking (shifting
from a high gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery
roads. The vehicle may slip
causing an accident.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause
you to lose control of the vehi-
cle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and turn the engine off.
• When parking on an incline,
shift the gear to P (Park) and
apply the parking brake to pre-
vent the vehicle from rolling
downhill.
WARNING
OHI058011L
5-12
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
To move the shift lever to R
(Reverse), press the UNLOCK but-
ton while depressing the brake pedal
and then move the shift lever for-
ward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine.
Shift into P (Park) if you need to
leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts
to turn off the engine, the transmis-
sion remains in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion and the Engine Start/Stop button
will be in the ACC position.
To turn off the engine from the ACC
position, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position, press the
P button, and then press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion.
When either the driver's door or the
front passenger's door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position and the shift lever
in N (Neutral) position, the engine is
automatically turned OFF and the
transmission automatically changes
to the P (Park) position.
OHI058013L
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)
Unlock Button
OHI058014L
Unlock Button
■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)
OHI058012L
■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)
Unlock Button
5-13
0055
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through an 8-gear sequence,
providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or driving uphill, depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
To shift into D (Drive), depress the
brake pedal and press the UNLOCK
button on the shift lever. Move the
shift lever rearward.
To shift into D (Drive) from N
(Neutral), you must depress the brake
pedal.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
NOTICE
Do not drive with the shift lever
in N (Neutral). If the shift lever is
moved to N (Neutral) while driv-
ing, the vehicle loses the ability
to provide engine braking.
Doing so may increase the risk
of an accident.
Also, moving the shift lever
back to D (Drive) while the vehi-
cle is moving may severely
damage the transmission.
WARNING
OHI058016L
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
OHI058015L
■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
5-14
Driving your vehicle
Shift-lock System
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) unless the UNLOCK but-
ton is pressed while depressing the
brake pedal.
To shift from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) while pressing the
UNLOCK button.
When the Battery is
Discharged
You cannot move the shift lever,
when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting termi-
nals inside the engine compart-
ment.
For more details, refer to "Jump
Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake with
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the OFF position.
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and
press the P release button (2)
while depressing the brake pedal.
Then, the gear will change to the N
(Neutral) position. The button (2)
operates only for 20 seconds to
change the gear between P (Park)
and N (Neutral) from the time when
the button (2) is first pressed.
OHI058017L
5-15
0055
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral)
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the OFF position, refer to step 4.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the vehicle into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton in the OFF position. Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
Paddle Shifter
(Manual Shift Mode)
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
To change back to the automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do
one of the following:
• Move the shift lever down toward
the D (Drive) position.
• Gently depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 5 seconds.
• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7
km/h).
• Pull and hold the right side paddle
shifter.
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear shift may
not occur.
i
i
• When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat
and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
• Do not stop or park over flam-
mable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
WARNING
OHI058018
5-16
Driving your vehicle
LCD Display Messages
Shifter system malfunction
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the transmission
or the shift lever does not properly
operate in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Check shift lever
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when there is a mal-
function with one of the key transmis-
sion shifter components.
Immediately have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Shifting conditions not met
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when engine rpm is too
high, or when driving speed is too
fast to shift the gear.
Decrease the vehicle speed or slow
down before shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change
gear
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the brake pedal is
not depressed while shifting the
gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then
shift the gear.
OHI048134L
OHI058019L
OHI058222L
OHI048133L
5-17
0055
Shift to P after stopping
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the gear is shifted
to P (Park) while the vehicle is mov-
ing.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Press P for park
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display to inform the driver to
press the P button to shift to P (Park)
when the driver moves the shift lever
upward even though the gear is in R
(Reverse).
Check P button
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when there is problem
with the P button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Press brake pedal, then press P
RELEASE button
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the driver presses
the P RELEASE button without
depressing the brake pedal.
Depress the brake pedal before
pressing the P RELEASE button.
OHI058021L
OHI058223L
OHI058025L
OHI058224L
5-18
Driving your vehicle
Check P RELEASE button
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when there is problem
with the P RELEASE button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Press UNLOCK to change gear
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the UNLOCK but-
ton is not pressed while shifting the
gear.
Press the UNLOCK button and then
shift the gear.
PARK engaged
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the P (Park) posi-
tion is engaged.
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the cluster
LCD display when the N (Neutral)
position is engaged.
OHI058024L
OHI058026L
OHI058027L
OHI058028L
5-19
0055
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift into P (Park) when the
vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. If the shift
lever is moved to N (Neutral) while
driving, the vehicle loses the ability
to provide engine braking. Doing
so may increase the risk of an acci-
dent.
• Driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) when driving for-
ward or to R (Reverse) when driv-
ing backwards, and check the gear
position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If you drive in the
opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine will turn off and a
serious accident might be occurred
due to the degraded brake per-
formance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle decel-
eration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• When driving in Manual shift mode
with the paddle shifter, slow down
before shifting to a lower gear.
Otherwise, the lower gear may not
be engaged if the engine rpms are
outside of the allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmis-
sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
Information -
Kickdown
Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
i
5-20
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belt-
ed occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-
ommends you follow all post-
ed speed limits.
WARNING
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
5-21
0055
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, exces-
sive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending down a
long or steep hill, move the
gear shift lever to Manual
Shift Mode and manually
downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed
without using the brake pedal
excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle's ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
ing a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
WARNING
5-22
Driving your vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as com-
plete front or rear axle sets.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull the EPB switch towards you.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
i
NOTICE
OHI058032
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
ate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
WARNING
5-23
0055
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake):
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON or START position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Press the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) automatically:
• Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened
and the doors, hood and trunk
are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive)
or Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning light goes off.
Information
• For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the Engine Stop/
Start button is in the OFF position
(only if battery power is available),
but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though the
EPB has been released, have
your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
NOTICE
i
OHI058033
5-24
Driving your vehicle
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
may be automatically applied
when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the engine off
while Auto Hold is operating.
Warning messages
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood, and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
OHI058039L
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P
(Park) position, press the EPB
switch, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Smart Key
with you when exiting the
vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for mov-
ing inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentional-
ly, serious injury may occur.
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
WARNING
5-25
0055
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
engaged, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking sys-
tem and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the EPB is released and the
parking brake warning light is
off before driving.
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is func-
tioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to oper-
ate the EPB.
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Parking brake automatically
engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
i
NOTICE
OHI058227L
OHI058038L
5-26
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
This warning light illuminates if the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position, this indicates that
the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the parking brake warning
light blinks when the EPB warn-
ing light is on, press the EPB
switch, then pull it up. Once
more, press the switch back to
its original position and pull it
back up. If the EPB warning light
does not go off, have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Parking Brake Warning Light
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button to
the ON position (do
not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
NOTICE
OHI058040
5-27
0055
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak-
ing is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
Information
During emergency braking the park-
ing brake warning light will illumi-
nate to indicate that the system is
operating.
If you continuously notice a noise
or burning smell when EPB is
used for emergency braking, have
your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as pos-
sible.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products by load-
ing the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck
and have the system checked.
Auto Hold
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
To apply:
1. With the driver's door and engine
hood closed, depress the brake
pedal and then press the [AUTO
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on and
the system will be in the standby
position.
NOTICE
i
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
WARNING
OHI058131
5-28
Driving your vehicle
2. When you stop the vehicle com-
pletely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release:
• If you depress the accelerator
pedal with the shift lever in D
(Drive) or Manual shift mode, the
Auto Hold will be released auto-
matically and the vehicle will start
to move. The AUTO HOLD indica-
tor changes from green to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
control is operating, the Auto Hold
will be released regardless of
accelerator pedal operation. The
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
To cancel:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will
turn off.
OHI058035
OHI058130L
When the AUTO HOLD is auto-
matically released by depress-
ing the accelerator pedal, always
take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator
pedal for a smooth start.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement,
ALWAYS depress your foot on
the brake pedal to cancel the
Auto Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
WARNING
5-29
0055
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The gear is shifted to P (Park)
- EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-
matically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened with
the shift lever in D (Drive)
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and warning sounds
and a message will appear to inform
you that EPB has been automatical-
ly engaged. Before driving again,
depress the brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release the parking brake man-
ually with the EPB switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold
is not working properly. Contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold
may not work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
• Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly when you start the
vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel the
Auto Hold when you drive
downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
WARNING
5-30
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, depress the brake
pedal.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door and engine
hood are not closed, a warning will
sound and a message will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
OHI058038L
OHI058227L
OHI058228L
OHI058043L
5-31
0055
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis-
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-
ty. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-
ing wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake sys-
tem may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
An Anti-Lock Braking System
or an Electronic Stability
Control system will not prevent
accidents due to improper or
dangerous driving maneuvers.
Even though vehicle control is
improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and
objects ahead of you. Vehicle
speeds should always be
reduced during extreme road
conditions. The braking dis-
tance for vehicles equipped
with ABS or ESC may be longer
than for those without these
systems in the following road
conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads.
• On roads where the road sur-
face is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering. This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
WARNING
5-32
Driving your vehicle
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
on for several seconds after the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possi-
ble.
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and apply your brakes continu-
ously, the ABS will be active con-
tinuously and the ABS warning
light ( ) may illuminate. Pull
your vehicle over to a safe place
and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your ABS
system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a prob-
lem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light ( ) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
i
NOTICE
If the ABS warning light ( ) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normal-
ly. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as
possible.
WARNING
5-33
0055
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability Control sys-
tem helps to stabilize the vehicle dur-
ing cornering maneuvers. ESC
checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going.
ESC applies braking pressure to any
one of the vehicle's brakes and inter-
venes in the engine management
system to assist the driver with keep-
ing the vehicle on the intended path.
It is not a substitute for safe driving
practices. Always adjust your speed
and driving to the road conditions.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for approxi-
mately three seconds. After both
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in oper-
ation, the ESC indicator
light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under rou-
tine conditions.
• If the Smart Cruise Control was in
use when the ESC activates, the
Smart Cruise Control automatically
disengages. The Smart Cruise
Control can be reengaged when
the road conditions allow. See
"Smart Cruise Control System"
later in this chapter.
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the sta-
bility and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
OHI058037
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions when cornering. The
ESC system will not prevent
accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
WARNING
5-34
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC OFF indicator light and
message "Traction Control disabled"
will illuminate. In this state, the trac-
tion control function of ESC (engine
management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (brak-
ing management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 sec-
onds. The ESC OFF indicator light
and message "Traction and Stability
Control disabled" illuminates and a
warning chime sounds. In this state,
both the traction control function of
ESC (engine management) and the
brake control function of ESC (brak-
ing management) are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position when
ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
OHI058044L
OHI058045L
5-35
0055
Indicator lights
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is placed to the ON position, the ESC
indicator light illuminates, then goes
off if the ESC system is operating
normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when ESC is turned off.
Driving with wheel and tire sizes
different than original-equipment
may cause the ESC system to mal-
function. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and
wheels are the same as the origi-
nal size. Never drive the vehicle
with different sized wheels and
tires installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC, to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
To prevent damage to the trans-
mission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and parking brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be cov-
ered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessive-
ly while these lights are dis-
played.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or standard brake system opera-
tion.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt
to accelerate. NEVER turn the
ESC off while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident.
WARNING
5-36
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management is
a function of the Electronic Stability
Control system. It helps the vehicle
stay stable when accelerating or
braking suddenly on wet, slippery
and rough roads where traction over
the four tires can suddenly become
uneven.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control is
on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve
roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on rough roads.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the
ESC, you may hear sounds from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-
sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-
mal and it means your VSM is active.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such
as gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is
on.
• The MDPS (Motor-Driven Power
Steering) warning light ( ) is
on or blinks.
NOTICE
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management :
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The VSM is not a sub-
stitute for safe driving prac-
tices.
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions.The VSM sys-
tem will not prevent acci-
dents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
WARNING
5-37
0055
Driving with wheel and tire sizes dif-
ferent than original-equipment may
cause the ESC system to malfunc-
tion. Before replacing tires, make
sure all four tires and wheels are the
same as the original size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control helps
prevent the vehicle from rolling back-
wards when starting a vehicle from a
stop on a hill. The system operates
the brakes automatically for approxi-
mately 2 seconds and releases the
brake after 2 seconds or when the
accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The HAC does not operate when
the gear is shifted to P (Park) or
N (Neutral).
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not acti-
vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
NOTICE
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or
MDPS warning light ( ) stays
on or blinks, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the
VSM system. When the warning
light illuminates, have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline. The HAC acti-
vates only for approximately 2
seconds.
WARNING
5-38
Driving your vehicle
Good Braking Practices
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the products to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling for-
ward.
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a com-
plete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and caus-
ing injury to yourself or others.
WARNING
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive system delivers
engine power to front and rear
wheels for maximum traction. AWD is
useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving on,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-39
0055
If the AWD warning light ( )
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a mal-
function with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
( ) illuminates have your
vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is great-
ly increased if you lose con-
trol of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Always drive safely and use
caution when driving an AWD
vehicle.
WARNING
Information
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi-
cle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled mainte-
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions" in chap-
ter 7).
• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is
towed by flatbed tow truck.
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use of snow tires is recommended.
For more information on Snow
Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• When approaching a stop sign or
stop light, release the accelerator
pedal to provide engine braking
during deceleration.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
i
5-40
Driving your vehicle
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, avoid running the
engine continuously at high rpm,
doing so may damage the tires,
transmission, differential or AWD
system.
Information
• When using Snow Tires, mount
them on all four wheels.
• When using AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain), install them on the rear tires.
For more information on Snow Tires
and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter
Driving" in this chapter.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driv-
ing downhill.
- Drive slowly and select Manual
Shift Mode to provide engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
i
NOTICE
5-41
0055
Exercise extreme caution driv-
ing up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
WARNING
Emergency Precautions
Tires
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the same
size, type, tread, brand and load-car-
rying capacity.
In an emergency situation, a com-
pact spare tire may be used. But, do
not use the compact spare tire con-
tinuously. Repair or replace the origi-
nal tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD sys-
tem.
Tire size mismatch. Check all tire
sizes.
If your vehicle is equipped with differ-
ent tires (size, type, etc.) on the front
and rear, the message will appear. To
use the AWD system, equip the vehi-
cle with the same tires on the front
and rear.
5-42
Driving your vehicle
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehi-
cle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing seri-
ous injury.
WARNING
OHI058226L
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack.The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
WARNING
OHI059029N
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with all
wheels off the ground, either on a
flatbed tow truck or using doilies.
For more details, refer to "Towing"
in chapter 6.
Vehicle inspection
• If the vehicle needs to be operated
on a vehicle lift do not attempt to
stop any of the four wheels for turn-
ing. This could damage the sys-
tem.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamome-
ter.
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the fol-
lowing procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
5-43
0055
OHI058031
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
Temporary Free Roller
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
WARNING
5-44
Driving your vehicle
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)
The Electronic Control Suspension
controls the vehicle suspension
automatically to maximize driving
comfort by taking into account the
driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stop-
ping requirements and acceleration.
ECS (Electronic Control
Suspension) malfunction indi-
cator
Check Electronic Suspension
If the ECS warning message comes
on, you may have a problem with the
ECS system. Have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Dynamic Stability Damping
Control (DSDC)
The Dynamic Stability Damping
Control provides comfort riding and
driving stability by meticulously opti-
mizing the suspension power during
sharp curving or abrupt obstacle
avoidance.
Operating conditions
• The DSDC is activated, when driv-
ing speed exceeds 30 mph (50
km/h).
• The DSDC does not operate, when
the Electronic Stability Control is
deactivated.
The Dynamic Stability Damping
Control does not operate, when
there is a malfunction with the
Electronic Stability Control.
The Dynamic Stability Damping
Control operation is limited in fol-
lowing situations:
- There are wide variations in tire
pressures.
- The vehicle is driven on a steep
slope.
- The vehicle is driven on a rough,
rugged surface.
NOTICE
GGEENNEESSIISS AADDAAPPTTIIVVEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSUUSSPPEENNSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
NEVER install any tires/wheels
in different sizes or of different
models on your vehicle. It may
cause a malfunction of the
Dynamic Stability Damping
Control.
WARNING
OHI048132L
5-45
0055
DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
Drive Mode
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
• COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but
firm riding.
• ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel effi-
ciency for eco-friendly driving.
• CUSTOM mode :
The driver can separately adjust
modes of each driving system.
COMFORT mode
When COMFORT mode
is selected by pressing
the DRIVE MODE button,
the COMFORT indicator
will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
SPORT
When SPORT mode is
selected by pressing the
DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator will illu-
minate on the instrument
cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode
is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after releas-
ing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accel-
erating
- Seat bolsters are active (if
equipped)
Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
i
OHI058060L
OHI059236N
5-46
Driving your vehicle
ECO mode
When ECO mode is
selected by pressing the
DRIVE MODE button, the
ECO indicator will illumi-
nate on the instrument
cluster.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the drive mode set-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may be louder at
some automatic transmission
shifts as down-shift requires press-
ing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti-
vated to help improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle in manual
shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
CUSTOM mode
When CUSTOM mode is
selected by pressing the
DRIVE MODE button, the
CUSTOM mode indicator
will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• In CUSTOM mode, the driver can
select separate modes and combine
them in the AVN system screen.
- Engine/Transmission: ECO/
COMFORT/SPORT/SMART
/Comfort(rear)
- Steering wheel: COMFORT/
SPORT/Comfort(rear)
- Suspension:
COMFORT/SPORT/Comfort(rear)
- AWD system: ECO/COMFORT/
SPORT
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
i
5-47
0055
When SMART is selected for CUS-
TOM mode
SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear
shifting patterns, engine torque, rid-
ing quality (if equipped with the elec-
tronic suspension system), and
power distribution (if equipped with
the All-Wheel Drive system), in
accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
Information
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the actual
fuel efficiency may differ in accor-
dance with your driving situations
(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehi-
cle deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by abrupt-
ly decelerating or sharply turning
the driving mode changes to SPORT
mode. However, it may adversely
affect fuel economy.
• Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
- The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a
certain period of time, when you
gently depress the accelerator
pedal (Your driving is categorized
to be economic.).
- The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO
mode to SMART COMFORT
mode after a certain period of
time, when you sharply or repeti-
tively depress the accelerator
pedal.
- The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a
certain angle. The driving mode
automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
- The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT,
when you abruptly accelerate the
vehicle or repetitively operate the
steering wheel (Your driving is
categorized to be sporty.). In this
mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerat-
ing/decelerating and increases
the engine brake performance.
- You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains in
lower gear over a certain period
of time for next acceleration.
Thus, it is a normal driving situa-
tion, not indicating any malfunc-
tion.
- The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT
mode only in harsh driving situa-
tions. In most of the normal driv-
ing situations, the driving mode
sets to be either in SMART ECO
mode or in SMART COMFORT
mode.
i
5-48
Driving your vehicle
• Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited
in following situations. (The OFF
indicator illuminates in those situa-
tions.)
- The driver manually moves the
shift lever :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver man-
ually moves the shift lever.
- The cruise control is activated :
The cruise control system may
deactivate the SMART mode
when the vehicle is controlled by
the set speed of the smart cruise
control system. (SMART mode is
not deactivated just by activating
the cruise control system.)
- The transmission oil temperature
is either extremely low or
extremely high :
The SMART mode can be active
in most of the normal driving situ-
ations. However, an extremely
high/ low transmission oil temper-
ature may temporarily deactivate
the SMART mode, because the
transmission condition is out of
normal operation condition.
When Comfort(rear) is selected for
CUSTOM mode
The Comfort (rear) mode is a mode
that adjusts to minimize the discom-
fort of the rear passengers by provid-
ing a smooth and stable ride through
the adjustment of the suspension,
engine/transmission, and steering.
• To use Comfort(rear) mode, select
[Settings → Vehicle → Drive mode
→ CUSTOM → POWER
TRAIN/STEERING/SUSPENSION
MODE → COMFORT] menu on
the navigation screen.
When certain conditions are met, the
engine is automatically decoupled
from the transmission while the shift
lever is remained in D (Drive). In this
Coasting mode, the engine stays at
idling speed to reduce fuel consump-
tion and increase coasting distance.
Coasting Setting
The Coasting function must be
turned ON from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Drive
Mode → Coasting
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
When Coasting is turned ON and the
conditions are met, the function
operates with a "Coasting" message
illuminated at the top center of the
instrument cluster.
• If the accelerator pedal is
pressed quickly for accelerating
with the Coasting function in
operation, acceleration may
occur after the engagement of
the clutch inside the transmis-
sion. In turn, the driver may con-
tinue to feel acceleration even
after the system is turned off.
• Driving with the Coasting func-
tion off may be required in some
cases since the engine brake is
not applied while the Coasting
function is in operation.
• Operating the AVN system
screen to activate or deactivate
the Coasting function while driv-
ing may be dangerous as the dri-
ver's attention is dispersed.
Coasting Operating
Conditions
The Coasting function will operate
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed and released under the
following conditions.
• The driving mode is ECO mode.
• SMART is selected for Engine/
Transmission in CUSTOM mode
from the AVN system screen and
driver acceleration is SMART ECO
• ECO is selected for Engine/
Transmission in CUSTOM mode
from the AVN system screen
• The shift lever is in D (Drive)
• The Smart Cruise Control button is
OFF
• The accelerator or brake pedal is
not depressed
• The vehicle's speed is within
35–100 mph (55–160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is within -5~+5%
range
• In SMART mode, if the distance
between the vehicle ahead and the
relative speed is within a certain
range
Information
• If the front radar for smart cruise
control system cannot operate nor-
mally, the inter-vehicle distance and
relative speed condition are auto-
matically ignored.
• The Coasting function works after
the engine is turned on, the trans-
mission is warmed up, and the
engine sensor self-diagnosis is com-
pleted after starting.
• Depending on the driving situation,
Coasting operation may be tem-
porarily delayed even if the above
conditions are met.
i
NOTICE
CCOOAASSTTIINNGG ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-49
0055
Coasting Release Conditions
The Coasting function will be auto-
matically released when the follow-
ing conditions are met.
• The driving mode is COMFORT or
SPORT mode.
• SMART is selected for Engine/
Transmission in CUSTOM mode
from the AVN system screen and
driver acceleration is SMART
COMFORT or SMART SPORT
• The Smart Cruise Control button is
ON (the cruise indicator is ON)
• The vehicle's speed exceeds
35–100 mph (55–160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or
over +5%
• If the distance between the vehicle
ahead is too close or the relative
speed changes momentarily in
SMART mode.
• If lane change is predicated in
SMART mode (e.g. the turn signal
is turned ON or a LKA warning
appears due to steering wheel
control, etc.)
Information
It is recommended to turn off the
Coasting function if you are driving
under frequently stop-and-go condi-
tion. Change the Drive Mode to COM-
FORT or SPORT mode or deselect
Coasting from the AVN system screen.
i
5-50
Driving your vehicle
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system is designed to help
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead
or help detect a pedestrian or cyclist
in the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• Setting Forward Safety function
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist can be activated from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen by following the procedure
below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Forward
Safety → Active Assist / Warning
Only / Off' in the AVN system
screen. For detailed informa-
tion, scan the QR code in a
separately supplied simple
manual.
- If you select 'Active Assist', the
FCA system activates. The FCA
produces warning messages
and warning alarms in accor-
dance with the collision risk lev-
els. Braking assist will be
applied in accordance with the
collision risk.
- If you select 'Warning Only', the
FCA system activates and pro-
duces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision
risk levels. Braking assist will
not be applied in this setting.
- If you select 'Off', the FCA sys-
tem deactivates. The FCA
warning light ( ) illuminates
on the cluster.
FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM
-- SSEENNSSOORR FFUUSSIIOONN TTYYPPEE ((FFRROONNTT RRAADDAARR ++ FFRROONNTT CCAAMMEERRAA))
5-51
0055
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system:
• This system is only a supple-
mental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driv-
er. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sen-
sors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• Drive at posted speed limits
and accordance to road con-
ditions.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. The Forward Collision-
Avoidance system may not
always stop the vehicle com-
pletely and is only intended to
help mitigate a collision that
is imminent.
WARNING
• The warning light illu-
minates on the instru-
ment cluster, when you
cancel the FCA system.
The driver can monitor the FCA
ON/OFF status in the instrument
cluster. Also, the warning light illu-
minates when the ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) is turned off. If the
warning light remains ON when the
FCA is activated, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Selecting Warning Timing
The diver can select the initial
warning activation time from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing → Normal / Late
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the fol-
lowing:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated sensitively. If you feel the
warning activates too early, set the
Forward Collision Warning to
'Late'.
Even though, 'Normal' is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops
the initial warning activation time
may not seem fast.
- Late:
When this option is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle, pedes-
trian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead
before the initial warning occurs.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light
and when driving speed is slow.
When you accelerate suddenly to
the vehicle ahead, the warning
may seem to activate earlier even if
'Late' is selected.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change.
i
5-52
Driving your vehicle
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA system will activate when
'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under
Forward Safety is selected in the AVN
system screen, and when the follow-
ing prerequisites are satisfied.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is on.
• Vehicle speed is over 5 mph (8
km/h). (The FCA is only activated
within a certain speed range.)
• The system detects a pedestrian,
cyclist or a vehicle in front, which
may collide with your vehicle.
However, FCA may not be activat-
ed or may only sound a warning
alarm depending on the driving or
vehicle conditions.
FCA may not operate properly
according to the frontal situation or
the direction of a pedestrian or
cyclist.
FCA Warning Message and
Brake Control
FCA produces warning messages,
warning alarms, and emergency
braking based on the level of risk of
a frontal collision, such as when a
vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or
the system detects that a collision
with a pedestrian or cyclist is immi-
nent.
5-53
0055
• To avoid driver distractions,
do not attempt to set or can-
cel the FCA while driving the
vehicle. Always completely
stop the vehicle at a safe
place before setting or cancel-
ing the system.
• FCA automatically activates
upon placing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON or
START position. The driver
can deactivate FCA by cancel-
ing the system setting in the
AVN system screen.
• FCA automatically deacti-
vates upon canceling ESC.
When ESC is canceled, FCA
cannot be activated in the
AVN system screen. In this sit-
uation, the FCA warning light
will illuminate which is nor-
mal.
WARNING
Collision Warning (First warning)
• The warning message appears on
the cluster LCD display with a
warning chime. Additionally, some
vehicle system intervention occurs
by the engine management system
to help decelerate the vehicle.
• Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
• If FCA detects a vehicle in front,
the system operates when your
vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8
km/h) and 112 mph (180 km/h).
Maximum vehicle speed may
decrease depending on the condi-
tion of the vehicle ahead and sur-
roundings.
• If FCA detects a pedestrian or
cyclist in front, the system operates
when your vehicle speed is
between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 56
mph (90 km/h). Maximum vehicle
speed may decrease depending
on the condition of the pedestrian
ahead and surroundings.
• If you select 'Warning only' for the
system setting, the FCA system
activates and produces only warn-
ing alarms in accordance with the
collision risk levels. You should
control the brake directly because
the FCA system will not control the
brake.
Emergency braking
(Second warning)
• The warning message appears on
the cluster LCD display with a
warning chime. Additionally, some
vehicle system intervention occurs
by the engine management system
to help decelerate the vehicle.
• The brake control is maximized
just before a collision, reducing
impact when it strikes a forward
vehicle.
• If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the
system operates when your vehicle
speed is above 5 mph (8 km/h) and
47 mph (75 km/h) or under.
Maximum vehicle speed may
decrease depending on the condi-
tion of the vehicle ahead and sur-
roundings.
• If FCA detects a pedestrian or
cyclist in front, the system operates
when your vehicle speed is 5 mph
(8 km/h) or above and under 40
mph (65 km/h). Maximum vehicle
speed may decrease depending
on the condition of the pedestrian
ahead and surroundings.
5-54
Driving your vehicle
OHI058238L
OHI058237L
• If you select 'Warning only' for the
system setting, the FCA system
activates and produces only warn-
ing alarms in accordance with the
collision risk levels. You should
control the brake directly because
the FCA system do not control the
brake.
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the dri-
ver's depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The FCA brake control is automat-
ically canceled, when risk factors
disappear.
5-55
0055
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operat-
ing the vehicle, whether or not
there is a warning message or
alarm from the FCA system.
• After the brake control is acti-
vated, the driver must immedi-
ately depress the brake pedal
and check the surroundings.
The brake activation by the
system lasts for about 2 sec-
onds.
CAUTION
• If any other warning sound
such as seat belt warning
chime is already generated, the
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system warning may not
sound.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the system warning sounds.
The braking control cannot
completely stop the vehicle nor
avoid all collisions. The driver
should hold the responsibility
to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such
as the distance from the vehi-
cle, pedestrian or cyclist (if
equipped) ahead, the speed of
the vehicle ahead, and the dri-
ver's vehicle speed. Certain
conditions such as inclement
weather and road conditions
may affect the operation of the
FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive danger-
ously to activate the system.
WARNING
5-56
Driving your vehicle
FCA Sensor
(Front Radar/Front Camera)
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor cover or sensor is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the sensor cover or sensor may
adversely affect the sensing perform-
ance of the sensor.
• Do not apply license plate frame
or foreign objects such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor.
Doing so may adversely affect
the sensing performance of the
radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and cover clean and free of dirt
and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressur-
ized water directly on the sensor
or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the FCA system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the FCA system
may not operate properly. Have
the vehicle inspected by author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Use only genuine parts to repair
or replace a damaged sensor or
sensor cover. Do not apply paint
to the sensor cover.
NOTICE
OHI059062N
■ Front radar
■ Front camera
OHI059074N
5-57
0055
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front wind-
shield, or tint the front wind-
shield.
• NEVER place any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may prevent the sys-
tem from functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera dry.
• NEVER disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, the FCA
system may not operate correct-
ly. In this case, a warning mes-
sage may not be displayed. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The radar sensor or cover gets dam-
aged or replaced.
Warning message and warning
light
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is covered
with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA
system may not be able to detect
other vehicles. If this occurs, a warn-
ing message will appear on the clus-
ter LCD display.
The system will operate normally
when such dirt, snow or debris is
removed.
FCA may not properly operate in an
area (e.g. open terrain) where any
objects or vehicles are not detected
after turning on the engine.
Also, even though a warning mes-
sage does not appear on the LCD
display, the FCA may not properly
operate.
i
NOTICE
OHI058239L
The FCA system may not acti-
vate according to road condi-
tions, inclement weather, driv-
ing conditions or traffic condi-
tions.
WARNING
5-58
Driving your vehicle
System Malfunction
Check Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist system
• When FCA is not working properly,
the FCA warning light ( ) will illu-
minate and the warning message
will appear for a few seconds. After
the message disappears, the mas-
ter warning light ( ) will illumi-
nate. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light. Both FCA
warning light and warning mes-
sage will disappear once the ESC
warning light issue is resolved.
OHI048200L
• FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver's con-
venience. It is the driver's
responsibility to control the
vehicle operation. Do not
solely depend on the FCA
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed or to stop the vehicle.
WARNING
• In certain instances and
under certain driving condi-
tions, the FCA system may
produce a warning alarm and
control the brake system
unnecessarily. And, the FCA
system may not produce a
warning alarm and control the
brake system due to detecting
limitation of sensor.
Also due to sensing limita-
tions, in certain situations, the
front radar sensor or camera
recognition system may not
detect the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead. The FCA sys-
tem may not activate and the
warning message may not be
displayed.
• Even if there is any problem
with the brake control func-
tion of the FCA system, the
vehicle's basic braking per-
formance will operate normal-
ly. However, brake control
function for avoiding collision
will not activate.
• If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep a safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
• The FCA system may activate
during braking and the vehi-
cle may stop suddenly shift-
ing loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
• The FCA system may not acti-
vate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid collision.
5-59
0055
Limitations of the System
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system is designed to monitor
the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or
cyclist in the roadway through radar
signals and camera recognition to
warn the driver that a collision is
imminent, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor
or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead. In these cases, the
FCA system may not operate nor-
mally. The driver must pay careful
attention in the following situations
where the FCA operation may be
limited.
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the engine is started
or the camera is initialized
• The radar sensor or camera is cov-
ered with a foreign object or debris
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by electro-
magnetic waves
• There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
• The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a motor-
cycle or a bicycle, etc.)
• The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
• The FCA system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
• The FCA system does not
detect vehicles in the oppo-
site lane.
• The FCA system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
• The FCA system cannot
detect cross traffic cyclists
that are approaching.
• The FCA system cannot
detect vehicles that are
stopped vertically to your
vehicle at a intersection or
dead end street.
In these cases, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce the driv-
ing speed in order to maintain a
safe distance or to stop the
vehicle.
WARNING
• The brake control may not
work, possibly causing a colli-
sion, if a vehicle in front
abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
• Occupants may get injured, if
the vehicle abruptly stops by
the activated FCA system. Pay
extreme caution.
• The FCA system operates
only when the system detect
vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist
in front of the vehicle.
5-60
Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recog-
nition system (for example a tractor
trailer, etc.)
• The camera's field of view is not
well illuminated (either too dark or
too much reflection or too much
backlight that obscures the field of
view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
or their rear lights are located
unusually
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when enter-
ing or exiting a tunnel
• Light coming from a street light or
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a pud-
dle in the road
• The field of view in front is obstruct-
ed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed
• The vehicle in front is driving errati-
cally
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or road
with sudden gradient changes
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances as a
construction zone, railroad, etc.
• The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
• The camera does not recognize
the entire vehicle in front
• The camera is damaged
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel
• The shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a toll-
gate.
• The rear part of the vehicle in front
is not normally visible (the vehicle
turns in other direction or the vehi-
cle is overturned.)
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• The vehicle in front is moving verti-
cally to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-
tically
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
5-61
0055
• Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
The front view camera or front
radar sensor recognition system
may not detect the vehicle, pedes-
trian or cyclist traveling in front on
a curved road.
This may result in no alarm and
braking when necessary. Always
pay attention to road and driving
conditions, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may recognize a vehicle or
pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane
or outside the lane when driving on a
curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnec-
essarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OHI058305L OHI058306L
5-62
Driving your vehicle
• Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be decreased while driving
upward or downward on a slope.
The front view camera or front
radar sensor recognition may not
detect the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in front.
This may result in unnecessary
alarm and braking or no alarm and
braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recog-
nizes the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in front while passing over a
slope, you may experience sharp
deceleration. Always keep your
eyes forward while driving upward
or downward on a slope, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain distance.
• Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may
not immediately detect the vehicle,
especially if the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA
system may not immediately
detect the new vehicle that is now
in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
OHI058294 OHI058307L
OHI058308L
5-63
0055
• Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward from
the cab, or when the vehicle in
front of you has higher ground
clearance, additional special atten-
tion is required. The FCA system
may not be able to detect the cargo
extending from the vehicle. In
these instances, you must maintain
a safe braking distance from the
rearmost object, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
Detecting pedestrians or
cyclists
The sensor may be limited when:
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected by the camera recogni-
tion system, for example, if the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not
fully walking upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving
very quickly or appears abruptly in
the camera detection area
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wear-
ing clothing that easily blends into
the background, making it difficult
to be detected by the camera
recognition system
• The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distin-
guish the pedestrian or cyclist from
other objects in the surroundings,
for example, when there is a group
of pedestrians, cyclist or a large
crowd
• There is an item similar to a per-
son's body structure
• The pedestrian is small
• The pedestrian has impaired mobil-
ity
• The sensor recognition is limited
• The radar sensor or camera is cov-
ered with a foreign object or debris
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
OHI058241
5-64
Driving your vehicle
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• Light coming from a street light or
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a pud-
dle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• You are on a roundabout
• The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly
interrupts in front of the vehicle
• There is any other electromagnetic
interference
• The construction area, rail or other
metal object is near
• Bicycle material is not reflected
well on the radar
• Do not use the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system when towing a vehi-
cle. Application of the FCA
system while towing may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may operate
when an object, which has
similar shape or characteris-
tic to a vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist, is detected.
• The FCA system is designed
to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or detect a
pedestrian or cyclist in the
roadway through radar sig-
nals and camera recognition.
It is not designed to detect
motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as lug-
gage bags, shopping carts, or
strollers.
• Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
• If the front bumper, front
glass, radar or camera have
been replaced or repaired,
have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
5-65
0055
Information
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
i
5-66
Driving your vehicle
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist-Lane-Change Oncoming
function detects the oncoming vehi-
cle with a front view camera at the
front windshield. And it assists the
driver’s steering to help avoid colli-
sion with an oncoming vehicle and
keep the vehicle within the lanes,
when the vehicle drives over the cen-
treline.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist–Lane-Change Oncoming
function can be activated from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen by following the procedure
below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Forward
Safety → Active Assist' in the AVN
system screen.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display Modes" in chapter 3.
Warning message and function
control
• If FCA is operating, the warning
message "Emergency Steering"
appears on the LCD display with
an audible warning when:
- The vehicle speed is over 40 mph
(64 km/h) and the vehicle crosses
the centreline when an oncoming
vehicle is approaching.
• Additionally, the system provides
steering assistance to return the
vehicle back into the lane.
FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT -- LLAANNEE--CCHHAANNGGEE
OONNCCOOMMIINNGG FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN
• This function is only a supple-
mental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it replace
the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are
limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent accidents from any
unexpected or sudden situa-
tions. The function does not
steer the vehicle completely
and is not a collision avoid-
ance system.
WARNING
OHI058282L
5-67
0055
Limitations of the System
• Refer to "Limitations of the
System" of Lane Keeping Assist
System's in this chapter.
• Refer to "Detecting Vehicles" of
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist’s in this chapter.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
• The steering control cannot
completely avoid collision
with an oncoming vehicle. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always be aware of the sur-
roundings and steer the vehi-
cle.
• The function is operated with-
in certain conditions, depend-
ing on the distance and speed
of the oncoming vehicle, the
speed of your vehicle, etc.The
function can be canceled or
not work properly according
to the road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cau-
tious when driving.
• Never deliberately drive dan-
gerously to activate the sys-
tem.
WARNING
5-68
Driving your vehicle
System Description
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system uses radar sensors in the
rear bumper to monitor and warn the
driver when it detects an approach-
ing vehicle in the driver's blind spot
area.
1) Blind-Spot Area
The blind spot detection range varies
relative to vehicle speed.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling
much faster than the vehicles around
you, the warning will not occur.
2) Closing at high speed
The Lane Change Assist feature will
alert you when it detects a vehicle is
approaching in an adjacent lane at a
high rate of speed. If the driver acti-
vates the turn signal when the sys-
tem detects an oncoming vehicle, the
system sounds an audible alert.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system helps detect the front
lane through the camera installed on
the upper front windshield and helps
detect the side/rear areas through
radar sensors.
BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW))//BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT
CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((BBCCAA))
OHI058309L
OHI058311L
OHI058310L
5-69
0055
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may activate the
Electronic Stability Control if there is
a possible collision with an
approaching vehicle while changing
lanes. It is to help mitigate the colli-
sion risk or collision damage.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• Setting Blind-Spot Safety func-
tion
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
and Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist can be activated
from the Settings menu in the AVN
system screen by following the pro-
cedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Blind-
Spot Safety → Active Assist /
Warning Only / Off' in the AVN
system screen. For detailed
information, scan the QR code
in a separately supplied sim-
ple manual.
- BCA and BCW turn on and are
ready to be operated when
'Active Assist' is selected. Then, if
a vehicle approaches the driver's
blind spot area a warning sounds
or braking power is applied.
- BCW turns on and is ready to be
operated when 'Warning Only' is
selected. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver's blind spot
area, a warning sounds but brak-
ing is not applied.
- The system is deactivated and
the indicator on the BCW/BCA
button is turned off when 'Off' is
selected.
• Always be aware of road condi-
tions while driving and be alert
for unexpected situations even
though the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system and Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system are operating.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system and Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system are supplemen-
tal systems to assist you. Do
not entirely rely on the sys-
tems. Always pay attention,
while driving, for your safety.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system and Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system are not substi-
tutes for proper and safe driv-
ing. Always drive safely and
use caution when changing
lanes or backing up the vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system and Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may not detect
every object alongside the
vehicle.
WARNING
5-70
Driving your vehicle
• If you press the BCW/BCA switch
while 'Active Assist' or 'Warning
Only' is selected, the indicator on
the switch will turn off and the sys-
tem will deactivate.
• If you press the BCW/BCA switch
while the system is canceled, the
indicator on the button illuminates
and the system activates. In this
case, the system returns to the
state (Active Assist or Warning
Only) before the engine was turned
off.
When the system is initially turned
on or when the engine is turned off
then on again while the system is
activating, the warning light will illu-
minate for 3 seconds on the outer
side view mirror.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
last setting.
• Setting Warning Timing
The diver can select the initial
warning activation time from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing → Normal/Late
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The options for the initial Blind-
Spot Collision Warning includes
the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
initial Blind-Spot Collision
Warning is activated normally. If
this setting feels sensitive,
change the option to 'Late'.
The warning activation time may
feel late if a vehicle at the side or
rear abruptly accelerates.
- Late:
Select this warning activation
time when the traffic is light and
you are driving at low speeds.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change.
i
OHI058063
5-71
0055
• Setting Warning Volume
The diver can select the warning
volume from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume → High/Medium/Low/Off
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
Information
If you change the warning volume, the
warning volume of other systems may
change.
Operating conditions
The system enters the ready status,
when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning
Only' is selected in the AVN system
screen and the following conditions
are satisfied:
• Active Assist
1) The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system will operate when:
- Vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
- The system detects both of the
lane lines.
- An approaching vehicle is detect-
ed next to or behind your vehicle.
2) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system will operate when:
The vehicle speed is above
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
• Warning Only
1) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system will operate when:
- The vehicle speed is approxi-
mately 20 mph (30 km/h).
- The Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system is not
activated when "Warning Only" is
selected for the system setting.
i
5-72
Driving your vehicle
Warning and System Control
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outer side
view mirror and the head up display.
If the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the warn-
ing will turn off according to the driv-
ing conditions of the vehicle.
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver
will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot area by the radar sys-
tem (the warning light will illumi-
nate on the outer side view mirror
and/or the head up display (i.e, in
the first stage alert)) AND
2. The turn signal is applied (same
side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the
warning light on the outer side view
mirror and/or the head up display will
also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indica-
tor, the second stage alert (the warn-
ing chime and the blinking warning
light) will be deactivated.
OHI058242
OHI058243
■ Left side
■ Right side
OHI058244
5-73
0055
If the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the warn-
ing will turn off according to the driv-
ing conditions of the vehicle.
• The warning light on the outer
side view mirror will illumi-
nate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surroundings of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system. Do not solely rely on
the system but check your
surroundings before chang-
ing lanes or backing the vehi-
cle up.
• The system may not alert the
driver in some situations due
to system limitations so
always check your surround-
ings while driving.
WARNING
• Always pay attention to road
and traffic conditions while
driving, whether or not the
warning light on the outer
side view illuminates or there
is a warning alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system warning
sounds.
• If any other warning sound
such as seat belt warning
chime is already generated,
the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system warning may
not sound.
CAUTION
5-74
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA) system
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may apply braking
power, when an approaching vehicle
is detected within a certain distance
next to or behind your vehicle.
In this situation, the system gently
apply braking power on the tire,
which is located in the opposite side
of the possible-colliding point. The
instrument cluster will inform the
driver of the system activation.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is automatically deactivated
when:
- The vehicle drives a certain dis-
tance away
- The vehicle direction is changed
against the possible-colliding point
- The steering wheel is abruptly
moved
- The brake pedal is depressed
- After a certain period of time
The driver should drive the vehicle in
the middle of the vehicle lanes to
keep the system in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to
one side of the vehicle lanes, the
system may not properly operate.
In addition, the system may not prop-
erly control your vehicle in accor-
dance with driving situations. Thus,
always pay close attention to road
conditions.
OHI058245L
OHI058246L
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Do not unnecessarily operate
the steering wheel, when the
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist System is in operation.
• Always pay attention to road
and traffic conditions while
driving. The Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may not operate or
unnecessarily operate depend-
ing on certain situations.
• The Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system is not
a substitute for safe driving
practices, but is a supplemen-
tal system only. It is the respon-
sibility of the driver to always
drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situa-
tions from occurring. Pay
attention to road conditions at
all times.
WARNING
5-75
0055
Detecting Sensor
(Camera and Radar)
Front camera
The front camera function as a sen-
sor detecting the lane. If the sensor is
covered with snow, rain or foreign
substance, the system may tem-
porarily be canceled and not work
properly. Always keep the sensor
clean.
Refer to Lane Keeping Assist
System for cautions for the front
camera sensor.
Rear radar
The rear radars are located inside
the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper opera-
tion of the system.
• The system may not work prop-
erly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs some-
what according to the width of
the road. When the road is nar-
row, the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• The system may turn off if inter-
fered by electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the sensors clean.
• NEVER disassemble the sensor
component or apply any impact
on the sensor component.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be
displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor or apply paint to the sen-
sor area. Doing so may adverse-
ly affect the performance of the
sensor.
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front wind-
shield, or tint the front wind-
shield.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor dry.
• NEVER place any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may prevent the sys-
tem from functioning properly.
NOTICE
OHI059074N
■ Front camera
■ Rear radar
OHI058067
5-76
Driving your vehicle
Warning message
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system disabled.
Radar blocked
This warning message may appear
when:
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
- A trailer or carrier is installed.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the
system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the system should operate normally
after about 10 minutes of driving the
vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
Turn off the BCW/BCA and RCCW/
RCCA systems when a trailer or carri-
er is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the
indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW/RCCA sys-
tem by deselecting 'Setup
→
→
Vehicle
Settings
→→
Driver Assistance
→→
Parking Safety
→→
Rear Cross-
Traffic Safety' in the AVN system
screen
i
OHI058247L
5-77
0055
System Malfunction
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically. BCA will not operate
also if the BCW system turns off due
to malfunction. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Check Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA)
If there is a problem with the BCA
system, a warning message will
appear. The system will turn off auto-
matically. BCW will still operate even
if the BCA system turns off due to
malfunction. Have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to use
BCA system.
OHI058248L
OHI048137L
5-78
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations because the system
may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances:
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle driven in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• The sensor is covered with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• The vehicle is driven on a curved
road.
• The vehicle is driven through a toll-
gate.
• The road pavement (or the periph-
eral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle or structure for an extended
period of time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the
guardrail or wall is in double struc-
ture.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• When the other vehicle approach-
es very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
5-79
0055
• The vehicle abruptly changes driv-
ing direction.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over an uneven/bumpy
road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
• The Lane Keeping Assist does not
operate normally.
For more details refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist system" in this
chapter.
• Driving on a curve
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. In certain
instances, the system may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. In certain
instances, the system may recog-
nize a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OHI058312L
OHI058313L
5-80
Driving your vehicle
• Driving where the road is merg-
ing/dividing
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
where the road is merging/dividing.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle in the
next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
• Driving on a slope
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
on a slope. In certain instances the
system may not detect the vehicle
in the next lane.
Also, in certain instances, the sys-
tem may recognize the ground or
structures.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
• Driving where the heights of the
lanes are different
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
where the heights of the lanes are
different.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle on a
road with different lane heights (i.e.
underpass joining section, grade
separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OHI059250NOHI058314L
OHI058249
5-81
0055
[A] : Noise barrier, [B] : Guardrail
• Driving where there is a structure
beside the road
The BCW and BCA systems may
not operate properly when driving
where there is structure beside the
road.
In certain instances, the system
may recognize the structures (i.e.
noise barriers, guardrail, double
guardrail, median strip, bollard,
street light, road sign, tunnel wall,
etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
OHI059251N
5-82
Driving your vehicle
System Description
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) system
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system uses radar sensors
to monitor the approaching cross
traffic from the left and right side of
the vehicle when your vehicle is in
reverse.
The blind spot detection range varies
relative to the approaching vehicle
speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) sys-
tem
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist system monitors
approaching cross traffic from the left
and right side of the vehicle when
your vehicle is in reverse.
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may acti-
vate the Electronic Stability Control
in accordance with a possible colli-
sion with an approaching vehicle. It is
to lower the possible collision risk or
mitigate the possible collision dam-
age.
RREEAARR CCRROOSSSS--TTRRAAFFFFIICC CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((RRCCCCWW))//
RREEAARR CCRROOSSSS--TTRRAAFFFFIICC CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((RRCCCCAA))
• Always be aware of road and
traffic conditions while driving
and be alert for unexpected sit-
uations even though the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system are operating.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
supplemental systems to
assist you. Do not entirely rely
on the systems. Always pay
attention, while driving, for
your safety.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
not substitutes for proper and
safe driving. Always drive safe-
ly and use caution when back-
ing up the vehicle.
WARNING
OHI058315L
5-83
0055
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• Setting Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety function
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Avoidance-Assist can be
activated from the Settings menu
in the AVN system screen by fol-
lowing the procedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety' in the AVN system
screen. For detailed informa-
tion, scan the QR code in a
separately supplied simple
manual.
- RCCA and RCCW turn on and
are ready to be operated when
the 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is
selected.
• When the engine is turned off then
on again, the systems will be ready
to be operated.
• When the system is initially turned
on and engine is turned off then on
again, the warning light will illumi-
nate for 3 seconds on the side view
mirror.
• Setting Warning Timing
The diver can select the initial
warning activation time from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing → Normal/Late
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The options for the initial Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning is activated normally. If
this setting feels sensitive,
change the option to 'Late'.
The warning activation time may
feel late if the a vehicle at the side
or rear abruptly accelerates.
- Late:
Select this warning activation
time when the traffic is light and
you are driving at low speeds.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change.
i
5-84
Driving your vehicle
• Setting Warning Volume
The diver can select the warning
volume from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume → High/Medium/Low/Off
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
Information
If you change the warning volume, the
warning volume of other systems may
change.
Operating conditions
To operate:
1. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety'
in the AVN system screen. For
detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual. The system will
turn on and standby to operate.
2. The system will operate when
vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10
km/h) and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
* The system will not operate when
the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph
(10 km/h). The system will operate
again when the speed is below 5
mph (8 km/h).
The system's detecting range is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m).
An approaching vehicle will be
detected if vehicle speed is between
5-23 mph (8-36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range and
operating speed may vary under cer-
tain conditions. As always, use cau-
tion and pay close attention to your
surroundings when backing up your
vehicle.
i
5-85
0055
Warning and System Control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side
of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer
side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the cluster LCD dis-
play. If the rear view monitor system is operating, a warning will also appear
on the AVN system screen.
The warning will stop when:
- the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
OHI058252
■ Left
■ Left
OHI058254
OHI058253
■ Right
■ Right
OHI058255
5-86
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system
If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake control
may be activated. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake
control. If the rear view monitor system is operating, a warning will also
appear on the AVN system screen.
After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the
brake pedal and check the surroundings.
- The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.
- The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the
brake pedal with sufficient power.
- Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the
shift lever to R (Reverse).
The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the
ESC (Electronic Stability Control). The same warning message is displayed
on the instrument cluster when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function.
OHI058256L
■ Left
■ Left
OHI058254
OHI058257L
■ Right
■ Right
OHI058255
5-87
0055
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system. Do not solely rely on
the system but check your sur-
rounding when backing the
vehicle up.
• The driver is responsible for
accurate brake control.
• Always pay extreme caution
while driving. The Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning sys-
tem and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may not operate prop-
erly or unnecessarily operate
depending on traffic and driv-
ing conditions.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occurring.
Pay attention to the road condi-
tions at all times.
WARNING
• When the operation condition
of the Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system is
satisfied, the warning will
occur every time a vehicle
approaches the side or rear of
your stopped (0 mph (0 km/h)
vehicle speed) vehicle.
• The system's warning or brake
may not operate properly if the
left or right of your vehicle's
rear bumper is blocked by a
vehicle or obstacle.
• Always pay attention to road
and traffic conditions while
driving, whether or not the
warning light on the outer side
view mirror illuminates or
there is a warning alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the system's warning sounds.
• If any other warning sound
such as seat belt warning
chime is already generated, the
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system warning may
not sound.
CAUTION
5-88
Driving your vehicle
Detecting Sensor
The rear radars are located inside
the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper opera-
tion of the system.
• The system may not work prop-
erly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The system may turn off if inter-
fered by electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the sensors clean.
• NEVER disassemble the sensor
component or apply any impact
on the sensor component.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be
displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor or apply paint to the sen-
sor area. Doing so may adverse-
ly affect the performance of the
sensor.
Warning message
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system disabled. Radar
blocked
This warning message may appear
when:
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the
system will turn off automatically.
NOTICE
OHI058067
OHI058247L
5-89
0055
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the system should operate normally
after about 10 minutes of driving the
vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
Turn off the BCW/BCA and
RCCW/RCCA systems when a trailer
or carrier is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the
indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW/RCCA sys-
tem by deselecting 'Setup
→
→
Vehicle
Settings
→→
Driver Assistance
→→
Parking Safety
→→
Rear Cross-
Traffic Safety' in the AVN system
screen
System Malfunction
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically. RCCW and RCCA will
not operate also if the BCW system
turns off due to malfunction. Have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
i
OHI048137L
5-90
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations because the system
may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances:
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or snow.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
• The road pavement (or the periph-
eral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• When the other vehicle approach-
es very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you OR
when the vehicle two lanes away
moves to the next lane from you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over an uneven/bumpy road,
or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
5-91
0055
[A] : Structure
• Driving where there is a vehicle or
structure near
The system may not operate prop-
erly when driving where there is a
vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from behind and the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to your sur-
rounding while driving.
• When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
The system may not operate prop-
erly when the vehicle is in a com-
plex parking environment.
In certain instances, the system
may not be able to exactly deter-
mine the risk of collision for the
vehicles which are parking or
pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a
vehicle escaping beside your vehi-
cle, a vehicle parking or pulling out
in the rear area, a vehicle
approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning or brake
may not operate properly.
OHI058316L OHI058317L
5-92
Driving your vehicle
[A] : Vehicle
• When the vehicle is parked diago-
nally
The system may not operate prop-
erly when the vehicle is parked
diagonally.
In certain instances, when the
diagonally parked vehicle is pulled
out of the parking space, the sys-
tem may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the rear left/right
of your vehicle. In this case, the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to your sur-
rounding while driving.
• When the vehicle is on/near a
slope
The system may not operate prop-
erly when the vehicle is on/near a
slope.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the rear left/right
and the warning or brake may not
operate properly.
Always pay attention to your sur-
rounding while driving.
OHI058318L OHI059258N
5-93
0055
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
• Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
The system may not operate prop-
erly when pulling in the vehicle to
the parking space where there is a
structure at the back or side of your
vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing
into the parking space, the system
may falsely detect the vehicle mov-
ing in front of your vehicle. In this
case, the warning or brake may
operate.
Always pay attention to the parking
space while driving.
• When the vehicle is parked rear-
ward
If the vehicle is parked rearward
and the sensor detects the another
vehicle in the rear area of the park-
ing space, the system can warn or
control braking. Always pay atten-
tion to the parking space while
driving.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i
OHI058319L OHI058320L
5-94
Driving your vehicle
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse is a supplemental system
that can warn the driver or apply
braking force to reduce the possibili-
ty of collision with pedestrians when
the vehicle is reversing.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse can be activated from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen by following the procedure
below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle → Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety →
Active Assist / Warning Only / Off'
in the AVN system screen.
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
- The system is ready for operation
when 'Active Assist' is selected.
In the event of an imminent colli-
sion with a pedestrian or an
object, the system warns the driv-
er or applies braking force to help
avoid the collision.
- The system is ready for operation
when 'Warning Only' is selected.
In the event of an imminent colli-
sion with a pedestrian, the sys-
tem warns the driver but does not
assist in braking.
- The system deactivates when
'Off' is selected.
PPAARRKKIINNGG CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT--RREEVVEERRSSEE ((PPCCAA))
5-95
0055
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or pedestrian
before moving the vehicle in
any direction to prevent a col-
lision.
• Do not solely rely on Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse system. The system
might not assist the driver
leading to pedestrian injury or
vehicle damage.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
rear ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects' distance, size
or material, all of which can
limit the effectiveness of the
sensors.
WARNING
Operating conditions
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse system enters the ready
status, when 'Active Assist' or
'Warning Only' is selected in the AVN
system screen and the following con-
ditions are satisfied:
• The trunk is closed
• The shift lever is in R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h)
• System components such as the
rear view camera and the rear
ultrasonic sensors are in normal
conditions
The driver needs to select 'Active
Assist' on the AVN system screen for
collision-avoidance assist.
The solid lines behind the vehicle in
the cluster LCD display indicates that
the system is ready to assist the driv-
er.
Note that the system assists the driver
only once. The driver has to shift the
gear to R (Reverse) from another gear
position to reactivate the system.
The performance of the Parking
Collision Avoidance Assist-Reverse
system may vary under certain con-
ditions. If the vehicle speed exceeds
2 mph (3 km/h), the system can
assist only pedestrian collision avoid-
ance.
As always, be careful when backing
up your vehicle and be aware of your
surroundings.
Warning and System Control
Active assist
• If the system detects a risk of colli-
sion with a pedestrian or an object
behind the vehicle, the system will
warn the driver with audible warning,
steering wheel vibration, and warn-
ings on the cluster LCD display and
the AVN system screen.
• If the system detects imminent col-
lision with a pedestrian or an object
behind the vehicle, the system may
apply braking power. The driver
needs to pay attention as the brake
will release within 2 seconds. The
driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check sur-
roundings.
5-96
Driving your vehicle
OHI048563
OHI059324N
■ Cluster LCD display
■ AVN system screen
The brake assist will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P
(Park) or D (Drive)
- The driver depresses the brake
pedal with sufficient power
- The braking has been assisted for
approximately 2 seconds
The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P
(Park), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
the ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is engaged in a different
function
Warning only
• If the system detects a risk of colli-
sion with a pedestrian or an object,
the system will warn the driver with
audible warning, steering wheel
vibration, and warnings on the
cluster LCD display and the AVN
system screen.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, brak-
ing will not be assisted.
The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P
(Park), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
5-97
0055
• Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist-Reverse system may
not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily in
some circumstances.
• Always pay extreme caution
while driving. The driver is
responsible for controlling the
brake appropriately.
WARNING
Information
The system can detect a pedestrian or
an object when:
- A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle.
- A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of the
vehicle.
Detecting Sensor
Rear view camera
The rear view camera acquires
images for rear pedestrian detection.
If the camera lens is covered with
snow, rain, or a foreign substance,
the system may not work properly.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
Rear ultrasonic sensors
The rear ultrasonic sensors detect
objects. The sensors are installed in
the rear bumper. If the rear ultrason-
ic sensor(s) is covered with snow,
rain, or a foreign substance, the sys-
tem may not work properly. Always
keep the rear bumper clean.
i
5-98
Driving your vehicle
• Always pay attention to road
and traffic conditions while
driving, whether or not there is
a warning.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may prevent
occupants from hearing
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist-Reverse system warning
sounds.
• If any other warning sound,
such as seat belt warning
chime, is already generated,
the Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist-Reverse
system warning may not
sound.
CAUTION
OHI049403N
OHI048476
■ Rea rview camera
■ Rear ultrasonic sensor
• The system may turn off if inter-
fered by electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the rear view camera
and the ultrasonic sensors clean.
• Do not use any cleanser contain-
ing acid or alkaline detergents
when cleaning the rear view cam-
era lens. Use only a mild soap or
neutral detergent, and rinse thor-
oughly with water.
• NEVER disassemble the rear
view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor components or apply any
impact on the rear view camera or
the ultrasonic sensor compo-
nents.
• Do not apply unnecessary force
on the rear view camera or the
ultrasonic sensors. The system
may not operate properly if the
rear view camera or the ultrason-
ic sensor(s) is forcibly moved out
of proper alignment. Have the
vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not spray the rear view cam-
era or the ultrasonic sensors or
their surrounding area directly
with a high pressure washer.
Shock applied from high pres-
sure water may cause the device
to malfunction.
• The system may not work proper-
ly if the bumper has been dam-
aged, or if the rear bumper has
been replaced or repaired.
• Do not apply foreign objects,
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard, near the camera
or sensors or apply paint to the
bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of the sys-
tem.
Warning message
Rear camera error or blockage/
Parking sensor error or blockage
This warning message may appear
when:
- The rear view camera or the ultra-
sonic sensor(s) is blocked by dirt,
snow, or a foreign object.
- There is inclement weather, such
as heavy snow, rain, etc.
If any of these conditions occur, the
system may turn off automatically or
not operate properly.
When the warning message is dis-
played in the cluster, make sure that
the rear view camera and the rear
ultrasonic sensors are clean.
NOTICE
5-99
0055
OHI059326N
OHI059325N
■ Rear view camera
■ Rear ultrasonic sensor
System Malfunction
Check PCA (Parking Collision
Avoid. Assist)
If there is a problem with the Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist-Reverse
system or other related systems, a
warning message will appear and
the system will turn off automatically.
Have the vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Limitations of the System
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse system may not assist brak-
ing or alert the driver under the fol-
lowing conditions even if there are
pedestrians or objects.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed.
• The condition of the vehicle is
unstable due to an accident or
other causes.
• The height of the bumper or the
sensor installation has been modi-
fied.
• The rear view camera or the ultra-
sonic sensor(s) is damaged.
• The rear view camera or the ultra-
sonic sensor(s) is stained with for-
eign matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The rear view camera is obscured
by a light source or by bad weath-
er conditions, such as heavy rain,
fog, snow, etc.
• The surrounding is either too dark
or too bright.
• Outside air temperature is hot or
cold.
• The wind is either strong (over 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpen-
dicular to the rear bumper.
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes, are near the vehicle.
• An ultrasonic sensor with a similar
frequency is near the vehicle.
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian.
• The image of the pedestrian in the
rear view camera is indistinguish-
able from the background.
5-100
Driving your vehicle
OHI059327N
• The pedestrian is near the rear
edge of the vehicle.
• The pedestrian is not standing
upright.
• The pedestrian is either too short
or too tall for the system to recog-
nize.
• The pedestrian is wearing clothes
that are hard for the system to rec-
ognize.
• The pedestrian is wearing a cloth
that does not reflect ultrasound
well.
• The size, thickness, height, or
shape of the object does not reflect
ultrasound well (e.g., pole, bush,
curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.).
• The pedestrian or the object is
moving.
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle.
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or
the object.
• The object is not at the rear center
of the vehicle.
• The plane of the obstacle is not
parallel to the rear bumper.
• The road is slippery or inclined.
• The driver backs up the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse).
• The driver accelerates or turns the
vehicle.
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse system may alert the driv-
er or apply brake power unneces-
sarily under the following conditions
even if there are "no" pedestrians
or objects.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed.
• The condition of the vehicle is
unstable due to an accident or
other causes.
• The height of the bumper or the
sensor installation has been modi-
fied.
• The bumper height has changed
due to heavy loads, tire pressure
change, etc.
• The rear view camera or the ultra-
sonic sensor(s) is stained with for-
eign matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The pattern on the road is mistak-
en for a pedestrian.
• There is a shadow or a light reflect-
ing on the ground.
• Pedestrians or objects are around
the path of the vehicle.
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes, are near the vehicle.
• The vehicle is backing towards a
narrow passage or parking space.
• The vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradi-
ent, etc.
• A trailer is attached to the vehicle.
5-101
0055
5-102
Driving your vehicle
(1) Cruise indicator
(2) Set speed
(3) Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD
display on the cluster, select Assist
mode ( ). For more details, refer to
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
The Smart Cruise Control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
help maintain the desired speed and
minimum distance between the vehi-
cle ahead.
The Smart Cruise Control system
will automatically adjust your vehicle
speed to maintain your programmed
speed and following distance without
requiring you to depress the acceler-
ator or brake pedals.
SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL WWIITTHH SSTTOOPP && GGOO SSYYSSTTEEMM
OHI059259N
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a conven-
ience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, ( indicator
light in the instrument cluster
is illuminated) the Smart
Cruise Control can be activat-
ed unintentionally. Keep the
Smart Cruise Control system
off ( indicator light
OFF) when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
WARNING
Smart Cruise Control is not a
collision avoidance or warning
device.
Smart Cruise Control is
designed to only detect vehi-
cles as it cannot detect motor-
cycles, bicycles, or pedestrians.
WARNING
5-103
0055
Smart Cruise Control Switch
CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-
tem on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-
trol speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance.
CANCEL : Cancels cruise control
operation.
OHI058212L
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on a steep
downhill or uphill
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving in parking lots
- When driving near crash bar-
riers
- When driving on a sharp
curve
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather, such as fog, snow,
rain or sandstorm)
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to
vehicle modification result-
ing level difference of the
vehicle's front and rear
• Unexpected situations may
lead to possible accidents. Pay
attention continuously to road
conditions and driving even
when the smart cruise control
system is being operated.
5-104
Adjusting the Sensitivity of
Smart Cruise Control
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Select 'Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Driver Assistance →
SCC Reaction → Fast / Normal /
Slow' from the Settings menu in the
AVN system screen.
For detailed information, scan the
QR code in a separately supplied
simple manual.
You may select one of the three
stages you prefer.
- Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
- Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal.
- Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
Information
The last selected speed sensitivity of
the smart cruise control is remained in
the system.
Converting to Cruise Control
Mode
The driver may choose to only use
the conventional Cruise Control
mode (speed control function) by
doing as follows:
1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control
System on (the cruise indicator
light will be on but the system will
not be activated).
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-
Vehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
i
When using the Cruise Control
mode, you must manually
adjust the distance to other
vehicles by depressing the
brake pedal. The system does
not automatically adjust the dis-
tance to vehicles in front of you.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
5-105
0055
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise indicator will illumi-
nate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set when vehicle speed is
between as follows.
• 5–120 mph (10–200 km/h):
when there is no vehicle in front
• 0–120 mph (0–200 km/h):
when there is a vehicle in front
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-). The Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the
LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati-
cally be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
Information
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• The speed is set to 20 mph (30 km/h)
when there is a preceding car in
front, and when your vehicle speed
is between 0-20 mph (0-30 km/h).
i
OHI058069
OHI058070
5-106
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase by 1
mph (1 km/h) each time you move
the toggle switch up in this manner.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 120 mph
(200 km/h).
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1
mph (1 km/h) each time you move
the toggle switch down in this man-
ner.
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
Check the traffic and driving
conditions before using the tog-
gle switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase, when you
push up and hold the toggle
switch.
CAUTION
OHI058071 OHI058070
Driving your vehicle
5-107
0055
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-
ing speed will be set again.
Information
Be careful when accelerating tem-
porarily, because the speed is not con-
trolled automatically at this time even
if there is a vehicle in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control will be
temporarily canceled when:
Canceled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pushing the CANCEL button locat-
ed on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off
temporarily when the Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the cluster LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator ( ) is illu-
minated continuously.
Canceled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The vehicle is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph
(210 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
covered with foreign matter.
• The vehicle is stopped for more
than 5 minutes.
i
OHI058072
5-108
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• The accelerator pedal is continu-
ously depressed for a long period
of time.
• The engine performance is abnor-
mal.
• Engine rpm is in the red zone.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after the vehicle is
stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other vehi-
cle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The braking control is operated for
FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist)
• The engine is stopped by ISG (Idle
Stop & Go) (if equipped).
Each of these actions will cancel the
Smart Cruise Control operation. The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the cluster LCD display
will go off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is canceled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- toggle switch is pushed.
Also, if the Smart Cruise Control is
canceled automatically while the
vehicle is at a standstill, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) will be
applied.
Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is can-
celed during a situation that is not
described, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is canceled, the warn-
ing chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road and driv-
ing conditions.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
i
OHI058260L
Driving your vehicle
5-109
0055
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
If any method other than the cruise
toggle switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the toggle switch up (RES+) or
down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehi-
cle speed drops below 5 mph (10
km/h), it will resume when there is a
vehicle in front of your vehicle.
To turn Cruise Control off
• Push the CRUISE button. The
cruise indicator will go off.
If you wish not to use the cruise
control system, always turn the
system off by pushing the CRUISE
button.
OHI058069
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed
and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance settings when activat-
ing your smart cruise control
system.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
WARNING
5-110
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-
to-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
When the Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem is ON, you can set and maintain
the distance from the vehicle ahead
of you without pressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance maintain as
follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
Information
The distance is set to the last set dis-
tance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
When the lane ahead is clear:
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
i
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
OHI058073
OHI059261N
OHI059265N
■ Distance 4
■ Distance 3
OHI059264N
Driving your vehicle
5-111
0055
• A vehicle will appear in front on the
cluster LCD display when a vehicle
is actually detected in front of your
vehicle.
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the select-
ed distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
• If distance from the front vehicle
has been changed due to acceler-
ating or decelerating of front vehi-
cle, the distance on the cluster
LCD display may change.
OHI059263N
■ Distance 2
■ Distance 1
OHI059262N
When using the Smart Cruise
Control System:
• The warning message
appears and warning chime
sounds if the vehicle is unable
to maintain the selected dis-
tance from the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning message
appears and warning chime
sounds, depress the brake
pedal to actively adjust the
vehicle speed, and the dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning message
does not appear and warning
chime does not sound, always
pay attention to the driving
conditions to prevent danger-
ous situations from occur-
ring.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the system warning sounds.
WARNING
OHI058237L
5-112
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
or push down the toggle switch
(SET-) to start driving.
• If you push the smart cruise control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph (30
km/h)) moves to the next lane,
the warning chime will sound
and a message "Watch for sur-
rounding vehicles" will appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for
vehicles or objects that can
suddenly appear in front of you
by depressing the brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
CAUTION
OHI058266L
OHI058267L
5-113
0055
Sensor to Detect Distance to
the Vehicle Ahead
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
sensor to detect distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Warning message
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is cov-
ered with dirt, snow, or debris, the
Smart Cruise Control system opera-
tion may stop temporarily. If this
occurs, a warning message will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor lens cover
before operating the Smart Cruise
Control system.
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not properly activate, if the radar
is totally covered, or if any substance
is not detected after turning ON the
engine (e.g. in an open terrain).
Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily
stopped if the radar is blocked, but you
wish to use cruise control mode (speed
control function), you must convert to
the cruise control mode (refer to "To
convert to Cruise Control mode" in
the following page.
i
OHI059062N
OHI058268L
• Do not apply license plate
frame or foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor. Doing so may
adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and lens cover clean and free
of dirt and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash
the vehicle. Do not spray pres-
surized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
CAUTION
5-114
System Malfunction
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
and have the system checked.
• Be careful not to apply unnec-
essary force on the radar sen-
sor or sensor cover. If the sen-
sor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the Smart
Cruise Control system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around
the radar sensor, the Smart
Cruise Control system may
not operate properly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Use only Genuine Genesis
Parts to repair or replace a
damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
OHI048138L
Driving your vehicle
5-115
0055
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
• The Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road condi-
tions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
On inclines
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
OHI058305L
OHI058294
OHI058306L
5-116
Lane changing
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The radar may not detect immedi-
ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will acceler-
ate to the set speed.
Vehicle recognition
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile
such as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-
nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operat-
ing
- When driving to one side of the
lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or
on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
OHI058307L OHI058321L
Driving your vehicle
5-117
0055
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
ed, drive with caution.
• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the system
may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe dis-
tance.
OHI058322L
OHI058308L
Smart Cruise Control is basical-
ly designed to set vehicles as a
target. Always look ahead cau-
tiously to cope with unexpected
situations such as a collision
when the system sets an object
as a target, not vehicles.
WARNING
5-118
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles car-
rying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following pre-
cautions:
• If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes. The smart cruise con-
trol system cannot guarantee
the stop for every emergency
situation.
• Keep a safe distance according
to road conditions and vehicle
speed. If the vehicle to vehicle
distance is too close during a
high-speed driving, a serious
collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying the
brakes if necessary.
• The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians or
an oncoming vehicle. Always
look ahead cautiously to pre-
vent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you
with a frequent lane change
may cause a delay in the sys-
tem's reaction or may cause the
system to react to a vehicle
actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to pre-
vent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Always be aware of the select-
ed speed and vehicle to vehicle
distance. The driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always pay attention to driving
conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
WARNING
OHI058241
OHI058323L
Driving your vehicle
5-119
0055
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not operate temporarily due
to:
• Electrical interference
• A modified suspension
• Differences of tire abrasion or
tire pressure
• Installing different type of tires
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
NOTICE
• The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem may not recognize com-
plex driving situations so
always pay attention to driving
conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
• Turn off the Smart Cruise
Control system when the
vehicle is being towed.
• Do not activate Smart Cruise
Control when towing a trailer
or vehicle.
Safety of the vehicle may be
deteriorated when braking
control is applied in the tow-
ing condition.
5-120
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
system alerts the driver of the depar-
ture of the vehicle in front when the
vehicle is stopped and the Smart
Cruise Control system is operating.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
can be activated from the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen by
following the procedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Leading
Vehicle Departure Alert' in the
AVN system screen. For detailed
information, scan the QR code
in a separately supplied simple
manual.
System standby
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
While the Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem is operating, your vehicle stops
behind the vehicle in front when it
stops. The message shown above is
displayed on the cluster within 3 sec-
onds after the stop and the system
will be in the standby position.
System operation
Leading vehicle is driving away
If the driver does not take action for a
certain period of time after the vehi-
cle in front departs, the message
shown above is displayed on the
cluster.
The vehicle departs automatically if
the accelerator pedal is depressed or
RES+ or SET- toggle switch is
pushed up or down when there is a
vehicle in front.
The Smart Cruise Control system is
deactivated if the accelerator pedal
is depressed or RES+ or SET- tog-
gle switch is pushed up or down
when there is no vehicle in front.
LLEEAADDIINNGG VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDEEPPAARRTTUURREE AALLEERRTT
OHI058267L
OHI058272L
Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions
before departure.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
5-121
0055
The Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control system will help automatical-
ly adjust your speed when a curved
road is ahead by receiving road infor-
mation from the navigation while the
Smart Cruise Control is operating.
Information
• The Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control system is available only on
controlled access road of certain
highways.
❈
❈
Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted
high speed traffic flow. Only pas-
senger cars and motorcycles are
allowed on controlled access
roads.
• Additional highways may be
expanded by navigation updates.
i
NNAAVVIIGGAATTIIOONN--BBAASSEEDD SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPPPEEDD))
• The Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control system is not a
substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience
function. It is the responsibili-
ty of the driver to always be
aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
• The Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control system relies
entirely on the road informa-
tion provided by the naviga-
tion system and may acceler-
ate above speed limit. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
follow traffic laws and avoid
accidents.
• For your safety, please read
the owner's manual before
using the system.
WARNING
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
5-122
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON or START position, the
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control can be activated by select-
ing 'Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Highway Auto
Curve Slowdown' from the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen.
Deselect the setting to turn off the
system. For detailed information,
scan the QR code in a separate-
ly supplied simple manual.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
last setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown' from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen and satisfy
the following conditions for the sys-
tem to operate.
• Driving on the highway main line
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
If all the mentioned conditions are
satisfied, the system is ENABLED
and the 'AUTO' symbol on the cluster
will illuminate white.
System operation
System standby
If the system is ENABLED, the
symbol on the cluster will illuminate
white.
System in operation
If the vehicle decelerates in a curve,
the symbol on the cluster will
illuminate green.
• This system works only for curved
sections located on highway main
lines.
• Depending on the curve ahead on
the road, the vehicle will deceler-
ate, and after passing the curve,
the vehicle will accelerate to the
Smart Cruise Control set speed.
• The higher the driving speed, the
faster the vehicle is decelerated.
OHI059270N
OHI059271N
Driving your vehicle
5-123
0055
• The system responds to curves
located on the destination set in
the navigation. If the destination is
not set, the system will respond to
road information of the expected
route.
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is limited in other countries.
• The system may not operate due to
the existence of leading vehicles and
the driving situations of the vehicle.
• The system operates regardless of
whether the sharp curve warning
appears on the navigation, but the
time gap could occur between the
warning and system operation.
• The navigation only provides curve
information within permitted speed
ranges so that the system may not
decrease its speed during extreme
over-speed driving.
• The system is not designed to work
on highways other than mentioned
as a controlled access road.
• The system automatically cancels
when you leave the highway.
• Highway Driving Assist and
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control uses the same symbol
that indicates the status of the sys-
tem. Therefore, even if the
Navigation-based Cruise Control is
off, the symbol may be dis-
played.
• If there is a problem with
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control, the system cannot be acti-
vated in the AVN system screen, and
the symbol will turn off.
However, if Highway Driving Assist
is activated, the symbol will
be displayed.
• After you pass through a tollgate on
a highway, the system operates
based on the first lane. If you enter
one of the other lanes, the system
might not properly decelerate.
• If you over speed, the system may
not decelerate the vehicle in a curve.
• Deceleration by the system may not
be sufficient if the driver accelerates
while the system is operating,
• Deceleration by the system may not
be sufficient due to road conditions
such as uneven road surfaces, nar-
row lanes, etc.
• If the road is controlled, due to con-
struction or holiday events, the sys-
tem might not work properly.
i
5-124
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
The Navigation-based Cruise
Control system may not func-
tion properly in the following
situations:
• The navigation is not working
properly.
• The navigation is not updated.
• The real-time GPS or map
information provided has
errors.
• The navigation is overloaded
by performing functions such
as route search, video play-
back, voice recognition, etc.
are performing simultaneous-
ly.
• GPS signals are blocked in
areas such as a tunnel.
• The driver goes off course or
the route to the destination is
changed or canceled by reset-
ting the navigation.
• The vehicle enters a service
station or rest area.
• A section of the highway’s
shape has changed.
• Android Auto or Car Play is
operating.
• The navigation cannot detect
the current vehicle position
(ex: elevated roads including
overpass adjacent to general
roads or nearby roads exist in
a parallel way).
• The navigation is being updat-
ed while driving.
• The navigation is being reset
while driving.
• The road is slippery due to
bad weather such as rain or
snow.
CAUTION
Driving your vehicle
5-125
0055
The Lane Following Assist system
helps detect lane markers on the
road with a front view camera at the
front windshield, and assists the dri-
ver's steering to help keep the vehi-
cle between lanes.
LLAANNEE FFOOLLLLOOWWIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLFFAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM
The Lane Following Assist system
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience func-
tion. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always be aware of the
surroundings and steer the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Following
Assist system:
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the steering
wheel is being assisted by the
system.
• LFA system helps the driver
to keep the vehicle in the cen-
ter of the lane by assisting the
driver's steering. However, the
driver should not solely rely
on the system but always pay
attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
• The operation of the LFA sys-
tem can be canceled or not
work properly according to
road condition and surround-
ings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble the LFA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have
the system checked for cali-
bration.
• When you replace the wind-
shield glass, LFA system cam-
era or related parts of the
steering wheel, take your
vehicle to an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts and have the system
checked for calibration.
WARNING
OHI059074N
5-126
LFA Setting and Operation
System setting
• With the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON or START position, the
Lane Following Assist can be acti-
vated by selecting 'Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Driver
Assistance → Lane Following
Assist' from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen. Deselect
the setting to turn off the system.
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
last setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Lane Following Assist' from
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen and satisfy the following con-
ditions for the system to operate.
- The Smart Cruise Control is oper-
ating
- Vehicle speed is lower than 95
mph (153 km/h)
When the system is activated, the
indicator ( ) on the cluster will illu-
minate. The color of the indicator will
change depending on the condition
of the LFA system.
- Green : Steering assist mode is
ON
- White : Steering assist mode is
OFF
• The system helps detect lane
markers and controls the
steering wheel by a camera,
therefore, if the lane markers
are hard to detect, the system
may not work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of
the System".
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LFA system.
• You may not hear a warning
sound of LFA system if the
audio volume is high.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. This may prevent the LFA
system from functioning
properly.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LFA system is activated.
• The steering wheel is not con-
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
rate when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be controlled
by the system. The driver
must always follow the speed
limit when using the system.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the system
may not assist steering or the
hands off alarm may not work
properly.
Driving your vehicle
5-127
0055
LFA operation
If the vehicle is inside the lane with
both lanes detected by the system
(lane color changes from gray to
white), and there is no abrupt steer-
ing made by the driver, the LFA sys-
tem changes to steering assist
mode.
The indicator light will come on
green, and the system helps the
vehicle stay in line by controlling the
steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is not con-
trolled temporarily, the indicator
light will flash green and change to
white.
Warning Message
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LFA system is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
Information
Hold the steering wheel tight.
Otherwise, the LFA system could mis-
judge that the driver's hands are off
the steering wheel, and the above
warning may occur.
i
OHI059273N OHI058274L
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
5-128
Driving Convenience systems can-
celed
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", the LFA system will be can-
celed. However, if the Smart Cruise
Control is reactivated manually by
the driver, the Lane Following Assist
System will reactivate.
To activate Smart Cruise control,
refer to "Smart Cruise Control
with Stop and Go" in chapter 5.
Information
• Even though the steering is assisted
by the system, the driver may con-
trol the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not.
Check Lane Following Assist (LFA)
system
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for a few sec-
onds. If the problem continues, have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
i
OHI058295L
OHI058276L
• The LFA system is a supple-
mental system only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain it in its lane.
• Turn off the LFA system and
drive without using the sys-
tem in the following situa-
tions:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
- When towing a vehicle or
trailer
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
5-129
0055
The LFA system will not be in the
ENABLED state and/or the steering
wheel will not be assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on,
the steering wheel might be con-
trolled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
dle of the lane when the system is
turned on or right after changing a
lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• Vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153
km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane
markers on the road (e.g. construc-
tion area).
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned sud-
denly.
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the engine is started
or the camera is initialized.
Limitations of the System
The LFA system may operate prema-
turely even if the vehicle does not
depart from the intended lane, OR,
the LFA system may not assist your
steering or warn you if the vehicle
leaves the intended lane under the
following circumstances:
When the lane and road condi-
tions are poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or
the lane marking is faded or not
clearly marked.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color
of the lane marker from the road.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane marker
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The lane marker is merged or
divided. (e.g. tollgate)
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane
markers on the road in front of you.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The lane marker ahead is not visi-
ble due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road
surface, or other factors.
• The shadow is on the lane marker
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
• The lane markers are complicated
or a structure substitutes for the
lines such as a construction area.
5-130
Driving your vehicle
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is
stained with oil, etc.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
When external condition is inter-
vened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel, or when passing
under a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier, guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
ing on the lane marker.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight, etc.
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump or driving on a steep
up/down or right/left grade
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the camera lens
is covered with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
5-131
0055
The Lane Keeping Assist system
with a camera at the front windshield,
helps detect lane markers on the
road, and assists the driver's steer-
ing to help keep the vehicle between
lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and audible warn-
ing, while applying a counter-steer-
ing torque, trying to help prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM
OHI059074N
The Lane Keeping Assist system
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience func-
tion. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always be aware of the
surroundings and steer the vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist system:
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the steering
wheel is being assisted by the
system.
• LKA system helps to prevent
the driver from moving out of
the lane unintentionally by
assisting the driver's steering.
However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always pay attention on
the steering wheel to stay in
the lane.
• The operation of the LKA sys-
tem can be canceled or not
work properly according to
road condition and surround-
ings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble the LKA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have
the system checked for cali-
bration.
• When you replace the wind-
shield glass, LKA system
camera or related parts of the
steering wheel, take your
vehicle to an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts and have the system
checked for calibration.
WARNING
5-132
LKA operation
To activate/deactivate the LKA sys-
tem:
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON or START position, press the
LKA system switch located on the
instrument panel on the left hand
side of the steering wheel. The indi-
cator in the instrument cluster will ini-
tially illuminate ( ) white. This
indicates the LKA system is in the
READY but NOT ENABLED state.
If you press the LKA switch again,
the indicator on the cluster will go off.
Note that the vehicle
speed must be at least
approximately 40 mph
(64 km/h) to ENABLE the
LKA system. The indicator in the
cluster will illuminate green.
The color of indicator will change
depending on the condition of LKA
system.
- White : Sensor does not detect
lane markers or vehicle
speed is under 40 mph (64
km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects lane mark-
ers and the system is able
to control vehicle steering.
• The system helps detect lane
markers and controls the
steering wheel by a camera,
therefore, if the lane markers
are hard to detect, the system
may not work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of
the System".
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA system.
• You may not hear a warning
sound of LKA system if the
audio volume is high.
• If any other warning sound
such as seat belt warning
chime is already generated,
the Lane Keeping Assist sys-
tem warning may not sound.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. This may prevent the LKA
system from functioning
properly.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LKA system is activated.
• The steering wheel is not con-
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
rate when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be controlled
by the system. The driver
must always follow the speed
limit when using the system.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the system
may not assist steering or the
hands off alarm may not work
properly.
OHI058075
Driving your vehicle
5-133
0055
Information
If the indicator (white) is activated
from the previous ignition cycle, the
system will turn ON without any addi-
tional control. If you press the LKA
switch again, the indicator on the clus-
ter goes off.
LKA system operation
• To see the LKA system screen on
the LCD display in the cluster,
select Assist mode ( ). For more
details, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" in chapter 3.
• If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h) and the system detects lane
markers, the color changes from
gray to white.
• If your vehicle departs from the
projected lane in front of you, the
LKA system operates as follows:
1. A visual warning appears on the
cluster LCD display. Either the left
lane marker or the right lane
marker in the cluster LCD display
will blink depending on which
direction the vehicle is veering.
Also, the steering wheel will
vibrate along with a warning
sound.
2. The LKA system will will help con-
trol the vehicle's steering to pre-
vent the vehicle from crossing the
lane maker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h)
- When driving, the vehicle is
located between both lanes nor-
mally.
- The steering wheel is not turned
suddenly.
When lane markers are detected and
all the conditions to activate the LKA
system are satisfied, a LKA system
indicator light ( ) will change
from white to green. This indicates
that the LKA system is in the
ENABLED state and the steering
wheel will be controlled.
i
OHI058277L
■ Lane marker undetected
■ Lane marker detected
OHI058277L/OHI058278L
■ Lane marker undetected
■ Lane marker detected
OHI058279L/OHI058280L
5-134
Warning Light and Message
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKA system is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
Information
If the steering wheel is held with a
light grip, the message may appear
because the LKA system may not rec-
ognize that the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel.
Information
• Even though the steering is assisted
by the system, the driver may con-
trol the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not.
i
i
OHI058274L
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
• The LKA system is a supple-
mental system only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain it in its lane.
• Turn off the LKA system and
drive without using the sys-
tem in the following situa-
tions:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
- When towing a vehicle or
trailer
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
5-135
0055
Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for a few sec-
onds. If the problem continues the
LKA system failure indicator will illu-
minate.
LKA system indicator
The LKA system indica-
tor (yellow) will illuminate
if the LKA system is not
working properly. Have
the system checked by
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by the
weather (e.g. fog, heavy rain, etc.).
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have the
system be checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
The LKA system will not be in the
ENABLED state and/or the steering
wheel will not be assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on,
the steering wheel might be con-
trolled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
dle of the lane when the system is
turned on or right after changing a
lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
OHI048136L
5-136
• Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (56
km/h) and over 110 mph (177
km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane
markers such as a construction
area.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned sud-
denly.
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the engine is started
or the camera is initialized.
Limitations of the System
The LKA system may operate pre-
maturely even if the vehicle does not
depart from the intended lane, OR,
the LKA system may not assist your
steering or warn you if the vehicle
leaves the intended lane under the
following circumstances:
When the lane and road condi-
tions are poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or
the lane marking is faded or not
clearly marked.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color
of the lane marker from the road.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane marker
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The lane marker is merged or
divided (e.g. tollgate).
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane
markers on the road in front of you.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
• The lane (or road width) is very
wide or narrow.
• The lanes ahead are not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road
surface, or other factors.
• The shadow is on the lane marker
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
Driving your vehicle
5-137
0055
• The lane markers are complicated
or a structure substitutes for the
lines such as a construction area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is
stained with oil, etc.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
When external condition is inter-
vened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel, or when passing
under a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier, guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
ing on the lane marker.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a hill,
or when driving on a curved road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight, etc.
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the camera lens
is covered with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
LKA System Setting
• Setting LKA function
The driver can change between
‘Lane Keeping Assist’ and ‘Lane
Departure Warning’ from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle → Driver
Assistance → Lane Safety
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
- Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist guides the
driver to help keep the vehicle with-
in the lanes. It rarely controls the
steering wheel, when the vehicle
drives well inside the lanes.
However, it starts to control the
steering wheel, when the vehicle is
about to deviate out of the lane.
- Lane Departure Warning
Lane Departure Warning alerts the
driver with a visual warning and a
warning alarm when the system
detects the vehicle departing the
lane. The steering wheel will not be
controlled.
-Off
If you select 'Off', the LKA system
is deactivated.
The Highway Driving Assist system
helps keep the vehicle between
lanes, maintain a distance with the
vehicle ahead, and automatically
adjusts the vehicle speed to the
speed limit while driving on the high-
way.
Information
• The Highway Driving Assist system
is available only on controlled access
road of certain highways.
❈
❈
Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted
high speed traffic flow. Only pas-
senger cars and motorcycles are
allowed on controlled access
roads.
• Additional highways may be
expanded by navigation updates.
i
HHIIGGHHWWAAYY DDRRIIVVIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((HHDDAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-138
• The Highway Driving Assist
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always be aware of the sur-
roundings and drive safely.
• The Highway Driving Assist
system relies entirely on the
road information provided by
the navigation system. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
follow traffic laws and avoid
accidents.
• For your safety, please read
the owner's manual before
using the system.
WARNING
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
Driving your vehicle
5-139
0055
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• With the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON or START position, the
Highway Driving Assist can be acti-
vated by selecting 'Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Driver
Assistance → Highway Driving
Assist' from the Settings menu in
the AVN system screen. Deselect
the setting to turn off the system.
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
last setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Driving Assist' from
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen and satisfy the following con-
ditions for the system to operate.
• Driving on the highway main line
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
- If the Smart Cruise Control is in
the READY state the Highway
Driving Assist will be in the
READY state. The indi-
cator on the cluster will illuminate
white.
• Vehicle speed is under 95 mph
(153 km/h)
If all the mentioned conditions are
satisfied, the system is ENABLED
and the indicator on the
cluster will illuminate green.
Steering wheel control
Steering control
If the vehicle detects both lane mark-
ers (lane color white), the indica-
tor light will change from white to
green. This indicates that the steer-
ing wheel is being controlled.
Temporary deactivation
The indicator light changes from
green to white when the steering
wheel control is temporarily deacti-
vated. Even if the steering wheel is
not controlled, the distance between
the vehicle ahead will be maintained.
OHI059283N
OHI059284N
5-140
Driving your vehicle
Speed setting
Automatic speed setting mode
The system enters the automatic
speed setting mode when:
1. The operating conditions are sat-
isfied
- indicator will illuminate
green
2. The Smart Cruise Control set
speed and the highway speed limit
matches
If the system changes to the auto-
matic speed mode, the symbol
will turn green and a chime will
sound.
When the highway speed limit
changes, the set speed automatical-
ly changes to the changed speed
limit.
Manual speed setting mode
If the speed is set manually using the
RES+ or SET- toggle switch on the
steering wheel, the set speed on the
cluster will turn white and the 'AUTO'
symbol will disappear.
OHI059287N
OHI059286N
5-141
0055
Warning Message
Hands-off warning
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the HDA system is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
Information
If the steering wheel is held with a
light grip, the message may appear
because the HDA system may not rec-
ognize that the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel.
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system canceled
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", the HDA system will be can-
celed. However, if the Smart Cruise
Control is reactivated manually by
the driver, the Highway Driving
Assist System will reactivate.
To activate Smart Cruise control,
refer to "Smart Cruise Control
with Stop and Go" in chapter 5.
The HDA system will not be in the
ENABLED state and/or the steer-
ing wheel will not be assisted
when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on,
the steering wheel might be con-
trolled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
dle of the lane when the system is
turned on or right after changing a
lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
or VSM (Vehicle Stability
Management) is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• Vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153
km/h).
i
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
OHI058296L
OHI058274L
5-142
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane
markers on the road (e.g. construc-
tion area).
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned sud-
denly.
System malfunction
Check Highway Driving Assist
(HDA) system
If there is a problem with the system,
a message will appear for a few sec-
onds. If the problem continues, have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
• High Driving Assist is limited in
other countries.
• High Driving Assist only operates
based on the speed limits of the
highway but it does not work with
the speed cameras.
• The time gap could occur between
the navigation speed warning and
system operation.
• The system is not designed to work
on highways other than mentioned
as a controlled access road. The sys-
tem automatically cancels when you
leave the highway.
• If there is a problem with Highway
Driving Assist, the system cannot be
activated in the AVN system screen.
• If your vehicle is 1640 ft. (500 m)
ahead and behind of an open toll-
gate, the system is automatically
canceled. Also, it is converted to
Smart Cruise Control automatically
with a pop-up message on the navi-
gation.
• In the automatic speed setting
mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates or decelerates when the
highway speed limit changes.
• If your vehicle speed exceeds 95
mph (153 km/h), Highway Driving
Assist is automatically canceled.
Also, it is converted to Smart Cruise
Control automatically with a pop-
up message on the navigation.
• If you enter a rest area on the high-
way or a IC/JC (intersection/junc-
tion) without a destination set, the
system is canceled later than when
the vehicle actually leaves the high-
way.
i
OHI049140N
Driving your vehicle
5-143
0055
Information
• For information's on vehicle to vehi-
cle distance control and the front
radar, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (Stop & Go)" in this chap-
ter.
• For information's on steering con-
trol and distance control and the
front camera, refer to "Lane
Following Assist" in this chapter.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
i
The Highway Driving Assist
system may not function prop-
erly in the following situations:
• The navigation is not working
properly.
• The navigation is not updated.
• The real-time GPS or map
information provided has
errors.
• The navigation is overloaded
by performing functions such
as route search, video play-
back, voice recognition, etc.
are performing simultaneous-
ly.
• GPS signals are blocked in
areas such as a tunnel.
• The driver goes off course or
the route to the destination is
changed or canceled by reset-
ting the navigation.
• The vehicle enters a service
station or rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is
operating.
• The navigation cannot detect
the current vehicle position
(ex: elevated roads including
overpass adjacent to general
roads or nearby roads exist in
a parallel way).
• The navigation is being updat-
ed while driving.
• The navigation is being reset
while driving.
• The road is slippery due to
bad weather such as rain or
snow.
CAUTION
5-144
The Blind-Spot View Monitor system
displays the left or right side of the
rear blind spot area of your vehicle in
the instrument cluster when the left
or right turn signal is on. This function
helps you drive safely when chang-
ing lanes.
• The system is activated when the
following steps are performed.
1. The engine is running.
2. The turn signal is turned on.
• The system is deactivated when
one of the following is performed.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position.
- The turn signal is turned off
- The hazard warning flasher is on
- A warning screen pops up and
takes priority over the Blind-Spot
View Monitor system.
BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT VVIIEEWW MMOONNIITTOORR SSYYSSTTEEMM
• This system is a supplemental
system only. It is the responsi-
bility of the driver to always
check the area around the
vehicle before and while mak-
ing turns or changing lanes.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles
before moving the vehicle in
any direction to prevent a col-
lision.
• Objects are closer than they
appear. Failure to visually
confirm that is safe to change
the lane before doing so may
result in crash and serious
injury or death.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not
work normally if the lens is
covered with foreign sub-
stance.
WARNING
OHI048526
■ Left
■ Right
OHI048527
Driving your vehicle
The Driver Attention Warning system
displays the condition of the driver's
fatigue level and inattentive driving
practices.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• Selecting Forward Safety func-
tion
The Driver Attention Warning can
be activated from the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen by
following the procedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON or START position.
2. Select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Driver Assistance →
Attention Warning'. in the AVN
system screen. For detailed
information, scan the QR code
in a separately supplied sim-
ple manual.
• Selecting Warning Timing
The diver can select the initial
warning activation time from the
Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing → Normal / Later
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
The options for the initial Driver
Attention Warning includes the fol-
lowing:
- Normal:
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem helps alert the driver of his/her
fatigue level or inattentive driving
practices faster than Later mode.
- Later:
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem helps alert the driver of his/her
fatigue level or inattentive driving
practices later than Normal mode.
The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be maintained
as selected when the engine is
restarted.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning timing of other systems may
change.
i
DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM
5-145
0055
5-146
Driving your vehicle
Display of the driver's attention
level
• The driver can monitor his/her driv-
ing conditions on the cluster LCD
display.
The DAW screen will appear when
you select the Assist mode tab
( ) on the LCD display if the sys-
tem is activated. For more details,
refer to "LCD Display Modes" in
chapter 3.
• The driver's attention level is dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the level is, the more inatten-
tive the driver is.
• The level decreases when the driv-
er does not take a break for a cer-
tain period of time.
• The level increases when the driv-
er attentively drives for a certain
period of time.
• When the driver turns on the sys-
tem while driving, it displays 'Last
Break time' and level.
Take a break
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the cluster
LCD display and a warning sounds
to suggest that the driver take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem will not suggest a break, when
the total driving time is shorter than
10 minutes.
OHI058289L
■ System off
■ Attentive driving
OHI058290L
■ Inattentive driving
OHI058291L
OHI058292L
If any other warning sound
such as seat belt warning chime
is already generated, the Driver
Attention Warning system warn-
ing may not sound.
CAUTION
5-147
0055
Resetting the System
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem resets the last break time to
00:00 and the driver's attention
level to 5 in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem operates again, when the driv-
er restarts driving.
System Standby
The Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the 'Standby' screen in the following
situations.
- The system is unable to collect data
to monitor the driver's driving condi-
tions.
- Driving speed remains over 110
mph (177 km/h).
System Malfunction
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system
When the "Check Driver Attention
Warning system" warning message
appears, the system is not working
properly. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI058293L
OHI048141L
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• The driver who feels fatigued
should take a break, even
though there is no break sug-
gestion by the Driver Attention
Warning system.
WARNING
5-148
Driving your vehicle
Information
The system may suggest a break
according to the driver's driving pat-
tern or habits even if the driver doesn't
feel fatigue.
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem utilizes the camera sensor on
the front windshield for its opera-
tion. To keep the camera sensor in
the best condition, you should
observe the followings:
• Never install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield,
or tint the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may prevent the sys-
tem from functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor dry.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, the sys-
tem may not operate correctly.
Take your vehicle to an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products and have the system
checked for calibration.
NOTICE
i
The Driver Attention Warning
system may not provide alerts in
the following situations:
• The lane detection perform-
ance is limited. For more
information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist system" in
this chapter.
CAUTION
• The vehicle is erratically driv-
en or is abruptly turned for
obstacle avoidance (e.g. con-
struction area, other vehicles,
fallen objects, bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the
vehicle is severely under-
mined (possibly due to wide
variation in tire pressures,
uneven tire wear-out, toe-
in/toe-out alignment).
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle drives on a
bumpy road.
• The vehicle is controlled by
the following driving assist
systems:
- Forward Collision-avoidance
Assist
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
/Blind-Spot Collision Assist
- Smart Cruise Control
- Lane Following Assist
- Lane Keeping Assist
Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may prevent
occupants from hearing the
Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem warning sounds.
CAUTION
5-149
0055
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the
below suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec-
essary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or
other non-slip materials under the
wheels to provide additional trac-
tion while the vehicle becomes
stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a for-
ward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on
slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when down-
shifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and
excessive wheel spin occurs,
the temperature in the tires can
increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow
out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous -
you and others may be injured.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehi-
cle, the vehicle can overheat
quickly, possibly causing an
engine compartment fire or
other damage. Try to avoid spin-
ning the wheels as much as
possible to prevent overheating
of either the tires or the engine.
DO NOT allow the vehicle to
spin the wheels above 35 mph
(56 km/h).
WARNING
5-150
Driving your vehicle
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, pos-
sible damage to the transmission,
and tire damage. See "Towing" in
chapter 6.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra follow-
ing distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increas-
es the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
and possibly lead to an accident.
See "Tire Replacement" in chap-
ter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driv-
ing until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases
as the depth of tire tread decreas-
es, refer to "Tire Replacement" in
chapter 7.
NOTICE
i
5-151
0055
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or
damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged
tires, which may reduce traction or
fail the braking operation.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as speci-
fied on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
Driving at higher speeds on the high-
way consumes more fuel and is less
efficient than driving at a slower,
more moderate speed. Maintain a
moderate speed in order to conserve
fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine
coolant level and the engine oil
before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
i
Utility vehicles have a signifi-
cantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. To pre-
vent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds
than you would with a passen-
ger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in
any way that you would raise
the center of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wear-
ing a seat belt. Make sure all
passengers are wearing their
seat belts.
WARNING
5-152
Driving your vehicle
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause
other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the fol-
lowing suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applica-
tions, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During decel-
eration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on
snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or
to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand,
a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a
blanket, etc.
Snow tires
Use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C). Refer to the
below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation
pressure as the original tires. However, if you mount 245/45R19 size tire on
the rear, the tire inflation pressure should maintain 35psi. Mount snow tires on
all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires on dry road may not be as high as your
vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum
speed recommendations.
Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal reg-
ulations for possible restrictions against their use.
i
WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Front Rear Front Rear
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
245/45R19 8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19 245/45R19
8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19
5-153
0055
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; if unavoidable use AutoSock
®
(fabric snow chain or similar). Install
AutoSock
®
after reviewing the
instructions provided with
AutoSock
®
. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper use of fabric
snow chains are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
Information
• Install AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires. It should be
noted that installing AutoSock
®
on
the tires will provide a greater driv-
ing force, but will not prevent side
skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
i
The use of AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain) may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30
km/h) or the AutoSock
®
manu-
facturer's recommended
speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
WARNING
OHI058076
5-154
Driving your vehicle
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), follow the manufactur-
er's instructions and mount them as
tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
AutoSock
®
installed. If you hear the
fabric snow chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until the noise stops. Remove
the AutoSock
®
(fabric snow chain) as
soon as you begin driving on cleared
roads.
When mounting AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), park the vehicle on
level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emer-
gency warning device behind the
vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing
AutoSock
®
.
When using AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size fabric snow chains
or improperly installed fabric
snow chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspen-
sion, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by fabric
snow chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the fabric snow chains
after driving 0.3~0.6 miles
(0.5~1.0 km).
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a service sta-
tion.
NOTICE
5-155
0055
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container. Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint fin-
ish.
Do not let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear in P and block the
rear wheels so the car cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accu-
mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering compo-
nents is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine com-
partment
Placement of foreign object or mate-
rials which prevent cooling of the
engine, in the engine compartment,
may cause a failure or combustion.
The manufacturer is not responsible
for the damage caused by such
placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
5-156
Driving your vehicle
V
VEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiar-
ize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-
tions and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
5-157
0055
Tire Loading Information Label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight
882 lbs. (400 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
OHI056219N
5-158
Driving your vehicle
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehi-
cle.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehi-
cle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an acci-
dent.
WARNING
5-159
0055
Example 1
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
+
≥
≥
≥
≥
≥
≥
+
+
5-160
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pil-
lar and shows the maximum allow-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating.
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating. To find out the actual loads
on your front and rear axles, you
need to go to a weigh station and
weigh your vehicle. Be sure to
spread out your load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by your warranty. Do
not overload your vehicle.
NOTICE
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stop-
ping distances and poor vehi-
cle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
WARNING
OBH059070
5-161
0055
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suit-
cases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
WARNING
TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG
Front Radar
- For USA
- For Canada
DDEECCLLAARRAATTIIOONN OOFF CCOONNFFOORRMMIITTYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
The radio frequency components complies:
5-162
Driving your vehicle
OANATEL214
OANATEL215
Rear Corner Radar
- For USA
- For Canada
5-163
0055
OANATEL042
OANATEL043
6
66.. WWhhaatt ttoo DDoo iinn aann EEmmeerrggeennccyy
Hazard Warning Flasher ...............6-2
In Case of an Emergency While
Driving............................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving....6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad
or Crossing ......................................6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving..............................................6-3
If the Engine Will Not Start ..........6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly............................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally
but Doesn't Start .............................6-3
Jump Starting ...............................6-4
Push-Starting....................................6-6
If the Engine Overheats ................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ...........................................6-9
Check Tire Pressure.........................6-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ..6-10
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ...............6-11
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display
with Position Indicator...................6-11
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ..........6-12
Changing a Tire with TPMS............6-13
If You Have a Flat Tire .................6-15
Jack Label........................................6-21
Towing..........................................6-22
Towing Service................................6-22
Removable Towing Hook...............6-24
Emergency Towing.........................6-24
6-2
What to do in an emergency
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when approach-
ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-
cle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the
left and right turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flash-
er.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or seek other
qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR
OHI068001
IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY
WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG
6-3
0066
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm, level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
If the Engine Doesn't Turn
Over or Turns Over Slowly
• Be sure to shift the gear to N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the gear is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter
to overload which can lead to
damage to the emission control
system.
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn't Start
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT
SSTTAARRTT
6-4
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away
from the battery.
Hydrogen is always pres-
ent in battery cells, is
highly combustible, and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
WARNING
6-5
0066
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
To prevent damage to your vehi-
cle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk
compartment, but when you jump
start your vehicle, use the jumper ter-
minal in the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
5. Open the small service cover with
a screwdriver.
6. Remove the engine compartment
fuse box cover.
7. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
8. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
i
NOTICE
i
OHI069006N
OHI068005
6-6
What to do in an emergency
9. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
10. Connect the other end of the sec-
ond jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor-
rect battery or jumper terminals
or the correct ground. Do not
lean over the battery when mak-
ing connections.
11. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approxi-
mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-
utes. Then start your vehicle.
12. Keep your vehicle operating for at
least 30 minutes at idle or driving
to assure your battery receives
enough charge to be able to start
on its own after the vehicle is
shut off. A complete dead battery
may require as long as 60 min-
utes runtime to fully recharge it. If
vehicle is run for less, the battery
may not restart. If you continue to
have problem, have your author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products test the battery.
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, neg-
ative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
Push-Starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-start-
ed.
Follow the directions in this chapter
for jump-starting.
6-7
0066
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be over-
heating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set
the parking brake. If the air condi-
tioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehi-
cle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the moving
parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent seri-
ous injury.
WARNING
6-8
What to do in an emergency
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and
should be checked as soon as
possible by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
Your vehicle is
equipped with a pres-
surized coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the radiator
cap, drain plug and heater hose
connector cap (refer to the
below picture) while the engine
and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure, causing
serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the coolant reserve tank
cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag
around it, and turn it counter-
clockwise slowly to release
some of the pressure from the
system. Step back while the
pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, contin-
ue turning the cap counter-
clockwise to remove it.
■
■
Heater hose connector cap
(for 5.0 GDI engine)
WARNING
OHI078060L
6-9
0066
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor /
TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD dis-
play)
Check Tire Pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display
Modes" in chapter 3.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a
few minutes of driving after initial
engine start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive
to display" message will appear.
After driving, check the tire pres-
sure.
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit from the Settings menu in the
AVN system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit
→ Tire Air Pressure Unit → psi /
kpa / bar
For detailed information, scan
the QR code in a separately sup-
plied simple manual.
TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))
OHI068008
OHI048129L
OHI048160L
6-10
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system that illu-
minates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is sig-
nificantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible,
and inflate them to the proper pres-
sure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to over-
heat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
ciency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle's handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-
nance, and it is the driver's responsi-
bility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumina-
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not oper-
ating properly. The TPMS malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the
low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continu-
ously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
6-11
0066
Information
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
1.The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/
TPMS Malfunction Indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position or engine
is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
Low Tire Pressure
Telltale
Low Tire
Pressure LCD
Display with
Position
Indicator
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is signifi-
cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-
tion indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illu-
minating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indi-
cated as being low, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
nering, and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos-
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side cen-
ter pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
i
OHI048568L
6-12
What to do in an emergency
Information
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
In winter or cold weather, the Low
Tire Pressure Telltale may be illu-
minated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weath-
er. It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning because the
decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pres-
sure.
When you drive your vehicle from
a warm area to a cold area or from
a cold area to a warm area, or the
outside temperature is greatly
higher or lower, you should check
the tire inflation pressure and
adjust the tires to the recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure.
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approxi-
mately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possi-
ble.
Information
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pressures in
the cluster LCD display will not be
available. Have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public
offices, broadcasting stations,
military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may illumi-
nate if snow chains are used or
electronic devices such as com-
puters, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. This may interfere
with normal operation of the
TPMS.
NOTICE
i
NOTICE
i
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
WARNING
6-13
0066
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible or replace the flat tire
with the spare tire.
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts to repair and/or inflate a low
pressure tire. Tire sealant not
approved by authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor.
When the low pressure tire or the flat
tire is replaced with the spare tire,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on. Also, the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illu-
minate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximate-
ly 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pres-
sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few min-
utes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serv-
iced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
You may not be able identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gage to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that a
tire that is hot (from being driven) will
have a higher pressure measure-
ment than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
NOTICE
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
WARNING
6-14
What to do in an emergency
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
i
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System components
may interfere with the system's
ability to warn the driver of low
tire pressure conditions and/or
TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
with, modifying, or disabling the
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
WARNING
6-15
0066
Jack and tools
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same com-
partment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from "rattling", store them in their
proper location.
IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE
Changing a tire can be danger-
ous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
WARNING
Be careful as you use the jack
handle to stay clear of the flat
end. The flat end has sharp
edges that could cause cuts.
CAUTION
OHI068026L
OHI068028L
6-16
What to do in an emergency
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-
down wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
Changing tires
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety pre-
cautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road,
call a towing service for assis-
tance.
• Be sure to use the jack provid-
ed with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking sup-
port.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
WARNING
OHI068029L
6-17
0066
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6. Insert the tool (1, if equipped) into
the hole and pull out the wheel
cover.
When removing the wheel cover, if
you use any other tool except the
tool (1) provided, the wheel cover
may be damaged.
7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
8. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are chang-
ing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two notches. Never jack at any
other position or part of the vehi-
cle. Doing so may damage the
side seal molding or other parts of
the vehicle.
NOTICE
OHI069010N
OHI068057L
OHI069012N
OHI069013N
■ Front
■ Rear
6-18
What to do in an emergency
9. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
10. Loosen the lug nuts with the
wheel lug nut wrench and
remove them with your fingers.
Remove the wheel from the
studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt
or debris from the studs, mount-
ing surfaces, and wheel.
11. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
12. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-
gers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts clos-
est to the wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle coun-
terclockwise.
14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, have an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products tighten the lug nuts to
their proper torque as soon as
possible. The wheel lug nut
should be tightened to 79~94
lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels"
in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-
tions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper stor-
age locations.
OHI069014N OHI069015N
6-19
0066
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing that
the same nuts that were removed
are reinstalled. If you have to
replace your lug nuts make sure
they have metric threads to avoid
damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to
the hub. Consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-
ment is damaged or in poor condi-
tion, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
NOTICE
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control pos-
sibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the com-
pact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid fail-
ure of the compact spare tire.
WARNING
6-20
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire's tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehi-
cle, the lug nut torque must be set cor-
rectly. The correct lug nut tightening
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards,
such as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diameter
is smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces
the ground clearance approxi-
mately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of
the smaller size, a tire chain will
not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim rings
be used with the compact spare
wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate 0
↔
↔
25 mph (0
↔↔
40
km/h) in any driving mode. It
may cause leakage of transfer
oil.
NOTICE
i
6-21
06
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
tion on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
Jack Label
OHYK065011
■ Example
6-22
What to do in an emergency
Towing Service
If emergency towing is necessary,
have it done by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products or a
commercial tow-truck service. Proper
lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
When towing the vehicle by flatbed
equipment, secure wheels by using
chocks and tie-down straps (or soft
belts).
Do not place straps over body panels
or through the wheels.
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis parts.
Otherwise the vehicle may be
damaged.
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
AWD vehicle should never be
towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or the
AWD system.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the front wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
NOTICE
NOTICE
TTOOWWIINNGG
OHI068016
Dolly
Dolly
A
B
C
OHI069031N
6-23
0066
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equip-
ment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Release EPB before turning off
the engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) by
pressing the P release button
(need to remove cap-cover) while
pressing the brake pedal.
For more details, refer to
"Automatic Transmission –
When the Battery is Discharged"
in chapter 5.
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with
the front wheels on the ground
can cause internal damage to the
transmission.
NOTICE
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position. The side impact
and curtain air bag may deploy
if the sensor detects the situa-
tion as a rollover.
WARNING
OHI068019
OHI068018
6-24
What to do in an emergency
Removable Towing Hook
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, have it done by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a commercial
tow truck service.
If a towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency tow-
ing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
OHI069020N
■ Front
OHI068021
■ Rear
OHI069022N
■ Front
OHI068023
■ Rear
6-25
0066
Always follow these emergency tow-
ing precautions:
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal as you will have
reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steer-
ing system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
quently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or dam-
aged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inch
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during tow-
ing.
• Before towing, check the automat-
ic transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic trans-
mission fluid is leaking, flatbed
equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
OHI068024
The driver must be in the vehi-
cle for steering and braking
operations when the vehicle is
being towed. Passengers other
than the driver must not be in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
6-26
What to do in an emergency
Accelerate or decelerate the vehi-
cle in a slow and gradual manner
while maintaining tension on the
tow rope or chain to start or drive
the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks
and the vehicle may be damaged.
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to
pull a vehicle out of mud, sand
or other conditions from which
the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing
to avoid serious damage to the
automatic transmission.
NOTICE
NOTICE
7
77.. MMaaiinntteennaannccee
Engine Compartmentengine
Compartment ................................7-3
Maintenance Services ..................7-5
Owner's Responsibility ....................7-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions....7-5
Owner Maintenance......................7-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule ........7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Service ..7-9
Normal Maintenance Schedule
(5.0 GDI)..........................................7-10
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions (5.0 GDI) ......................7-13
Normal Maintenance Schedule
(3.3 Turbo-GDI) ..............................7-15
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions (3.3 Turbo-GDI) ..........7-18
Explanation Of Scheduled
Maintenance Items ....................7-20
Engine Oil ....................................7-23
Checking the Engine Oil Level ......7-23
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter................................................7-25
Engine Coolant ............................7-26
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level ..............................................7-26
Changing Engine Coolant ..............7-28
Brake Fluid ..................................7-29
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ....7-29
Washer Fluid ................................7-30
Checking the Washer Fluid Level..7-30
Air Cleaner ....................................7-31
Filter Replacement ..........................7-31
Cabin Air Filterr............................7-32
Filter Inspection ..............................7-32
Wiper Blades................................7-33
Blade Inspection ............................7-33
Blade Replacement ........................7-33
Battery..........................................7-35
Battery Usage
Recommendations ........................7-36
Battery Replacement ....................7-36
Battery Recharging ........................7-37
Reset features ................................7-38
Tires and Wheels ........................7-39
Tire Care..........................................7-39
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation
Pressures ......................................7-40
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ........7-41
Tire Rotation ..................................7-41
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance ..........................................7-42
Tire Replacement ..........................7-43
Wheel Replacement ......................7-44
Tire Traction ..................................7-44
Tire Maintenance ..........................7-44
Tire Sidewall Labeling....................7-44
Tire Terminology and Definitions 7-48
All Season Tires ..............................7-52
Summer Tires..................................7-52
Snow Tires ......................................7-52
Radial-Ply Tires ..............................7-52
Low Aspect Ratio Tires ..................7-53
Fuses ............................................7-54
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement..................................7-55
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse
Replacement ................................7-56
Fuse/Relay Panel Description........7-58
77.. MMaaiinntteennaannccee
Light Bulbs ....................................7-71
Headlamp, Parking Lamp,
Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running
Light and Side Marker
Replacement ..................................7-72
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement ..................................7-72
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement ..................................7-73
High Mounted Stop Light
Replacement ..................................7-73
License Plate Light Replacement
replacement ..................................7-74
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ..7-74
Appearance Care ........................7-76
Exterior Care ..................................7-76
Interior Care....................................7-82
Emission Control System............7-86
Crankcase Emission Control
System ..........................................7-86
Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR) ..........................................7-86
Exhaust Emission Control System ..7-87
California Perchlorate Notice ....7-89
7
7-3
0077
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
OHI078001
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
■
■
3.3 T-GDI
7-4
Maintenance
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
OHI078003
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
■
■
5.0 GDI
7-5
0077
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. An
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products meets Genesis
Branded Vehicle's high service quali-
ty standards and receives technical
support from Genesis Branded
Vehicle in order to provide you with a
high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibil-
ity.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products with
special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate condi-
tions of the limited warranties cover-
ing the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
Improper owner maintenance dur-
ing the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate
Owner's Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet provided with
the vehicle.
If you're unsure about any service
or maintenance procedure, have it
done by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS
7-6
Maintenance
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
ALWAYS follow these precau-
tions for performing mainte-
nance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground. Shift the gear to P
(Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jew-
elry that can become entan-
gled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-
ing materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine
off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform mainte-
nance work on the vehicle.
WARNING
7-7
0077
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check the tire for low or under-
inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or loose-
ness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead posi-
tion.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
WARNING
7-8
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air con-
ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-
age.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with a clean cloth damp-
ened with washer fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7-9
0077
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule
if the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply,
you must follow the Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10miles
(16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high
speed or rapid acceleration/decel-
eration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
• Engine oil usage which is not rec-
ommended (Mineral type,
Semisynthetic, Lower grade spec,
etc.)
For additional information or assis-
tance see an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
After 10 years or 100,000 miles,
use severe maintenance sched-
ule.
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be
consumed during driving, the
amount of engine oil should be
checked regularly.
• The replacement cycle of engine oil
is set by the period which the per-
formance of the recommended
engine oil is maintained. So, if rec-
ommended engine oil is not used,
replace the engine oil according to
the maintenance schedule under
severe usage conditions.
i
NOTICE
SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEE
7-10
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (5.0 GDI)
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
2
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
112.5
180
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
R
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
I
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
R
168
105
168
R
I
R
156
97.5
156
R
I
R
144
90
144
R
R
R
132
82.5
132
R
I
R
120
75
120
R
I
R
108
67.5
108
R
I
R
96
60
96
R
R
R
84
52.5
84
R
I
R
72
45
72
R
I
R
60
37.5
60
R
I
R
48
30
48
R
R
R
36
22.5
36
R
I
R
24
15
24
R
I
R
12
7.5
12
R
I
R
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Drive belts *
1
Engine oil and engine oil filter
Fuel additives *
2
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs
Rotate tires
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-11
0077
Normal Maintenance Schedule (5.0 GDI) (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
112.5
180
I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
168
105
168
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
156
97.5
156
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
144
90
144
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
132
82.5
132
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
120
75
120
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
108
67.5
108
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
96
60
96
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84
52.5
84
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
72
45
72
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
60
37.5
60
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
48
30
48
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
36
22.5
36
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
24
15
24
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12
7.5
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Vacuum hose
Engine coolant
Battery condition
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
Rear brake disc/pads
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Driveshaft and boots
Suspension mounting bolts
Air conditioner refrigerant
Air conditioner compressor
Propeller shaft
Exhaust pipe and muffler
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-12
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (5.0 GDI) (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
3
: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the
label in the engine compartment.)
*
4
: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
*
5
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-
tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss
of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
112.5
180
No check, No service required
lnspect every 15,000 miles (24,000km) or 12 months,
Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000km) or 48 months
I
168
105
168
I
I
I
I
156
97.5
156
I
144
90
144
I
I
I
I
I
R
132
82.5
132
I
120
75
120
I
I
I
I
108
67.5
108
I
96
60
96
I
I
I
I
I
R
84
52.5
84
I
72
45
72
I
I
I
I
60
37.5
60
I
48
30
48
I
I
I
I
I
R
36
22.5
36
I
24
15
24
I
I
I
I
12
7.5
12
I
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Automatic transmission fluid *
3
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *
4
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
Fuel tank air filter *
5
Fuel filter *
5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake
Brake fluid
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-13
0077
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (5.0 GDI)
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance Intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,750 miles
(6,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K, L
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently A, B, F, H, I, K
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(96,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Front brake disc/
pads, calipers
I More frequently C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box,
linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H,
I
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H,
I, J
Front(AWD)/
Rear differential oil
R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and
blower unit)
R
More frequently C, E, G
Propeller shaft I More frequently
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
7-14
Maintenance
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A -Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B -Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C -Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
D -Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E -Driving in heavy dust conditions
F -Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H -Towing a trailer or using a camper, or driving with loads on the roof
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J - Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration / deceleration
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L - Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthet-
ic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
7-15
0077
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.3 Turbo-GDI)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
2
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
3
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products perform the operation.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
90
150
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months
R
Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months
R
Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months
Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)
R
168
84
140
R
I
R
156
78
130
R
I
R
144
72
120
R
R
R
132
66
110
R
I
R
120
60
100
R
I
R
108
54
90
R
R
R
96
48
80
R
I
R
84
42
70
R
I
R
72
36
60
R
R
R
60
30
50
R
I
R
48
24
40
R
I
R
36
18
30
R
R
R
24
12
20
R
I
R
12
6
10
R
I
R
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Drive belts *
1
Engine oil and engine oil filter
Fuel additives *
2
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs
Valve clearance *
3
Rotate tires
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-16
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
90
150
I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
168
84
140
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
156
78
130
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
144
72
120
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
132
66
110
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
120
60
100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
108
54
90
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
96
48
80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84
42
70
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
72
36
60
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
60
30
50
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
48
24
40
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
36
18
30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
24
12
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12
6
10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Vacuum hose
Engine coolant
Battery condition
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
Rear brake disc/pads
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Driveshaft and boots
Suspension mounting bolts
Air conditioner refrigerant
Air conditioner compressor
Propeller shaft
Exhaust pipe and muffler
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-17
0077
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
4
: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the
label in the engine compartment.)
*
5
: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
*
6
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-
tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss
of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
180
90
150
No check, No service required
lnspect every 6,000 miles (10,000km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (80,000km) or 48 months
168
84
140
I
I
I
I
156
78
130
144
72
120
I
I
I
I
I
I
132
66
110
120
60
100
I
I
I
I
I
108
54
90
96
48
80
I
I
I
I
I
I
84
42
70
72
36
60
I
I
I
I
I
60
30
50
48
24
40
I
I
I
I
I
I
36
18
30
24
12
20
I
I
I
I
12
6
10
Months
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Automatic transmission fluid *
4
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *
5
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
Fuel tank air filter *
6
Fuel filter *
6
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake
Brake fluid
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-18
Maintenance
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (3.3 Turbo-GDI)
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance Intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,000 miles
(5,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K, L
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently A, B, F, H, I, K
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Front brake disc/
pads, calipers
I More frequently C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box,
linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H,
I
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H,
I, J
Front (AWD)/
Rear differential oil
R
Every 72,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and
blower unit)
R
More frequently C, E, G
Propeller shaft I More frequently
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
7-19
0077
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A -Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B -Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C -Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
D -Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E -Driving in heavy dust conditions
F -Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H -Towing a trailer or using a camper, or driving with loads on the roof
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J - Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration / deceleration
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L - Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthet-
ic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
7-20
Maintenance
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the
hard starting. When a considerable
amount of foreign substances are
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-
ate the engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
any damaged or leaking parts imme-
diately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter-
vals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
A Genesis air cleaner filter is recom-
mended when the filter is replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to
wipe out foreign substances inside
and outside of the boot bottom of the
ignition coil and the insulator of the
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug insu-
lator.
EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS
7-21
0077
Valve Clearance (3.3 T-GDI)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. Have an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products per-
form the operation.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the
beginning of this chapter.
Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is
red when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. This is a normal condition and
you should not judge the need to
replace the fluid based upon the
changed color.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal-
function and failure.
Use only the specified automatic
transmission fluid (refer to
"Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities" in chapter 8).
NOTICE
i
7-22
Maintenance
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-
forming to DOT 4 specification.
Brake Transmission Fluid
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
nections or replace parts as neces-
sary.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive free-
play in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and dam-
age.
7-23
0077
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating,
cooling, and operating various
hydraulic components in the engine.
Engine oil consumption while driving
is normal, and it is necessary to
check and refill the engine oil regu-
larly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended main-
tenance schedule to prevent deterio-
ration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the
below procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and warm the
engine up until the coolant tem-
perature reaches a constant nor-
mal temperature.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-
insert it fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level.
EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL
OHI078004
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OHI078006
■ 5.0 GDI
7. If the oil level is below L, add
enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil
(refer to "Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in
chapter 8).
To prevent damage to your
engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil.
Wipe off spilled oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a
new vehicle and it will be stabi-
lized after driving 4,000 miles
(6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can
be affected by driving habits, cli-
mate conditions, traffic condi-
tions, oil quality, etc.Therefore, it
is recommended that you
inspect the engine oil level regu-
larly and refill it if necessary.
NOTICE
7-24
Maintenance
OHI078007
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OHI078009
■ 5.0 GDI
7-25
0077
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil
may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin
for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possi-
ble after handling used oil.
WARNING
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
• Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to replace engine oil is exceeded, the engine
oil performance may deteriorate, and the engine condition may be affected.
Therefore, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal condition, use the recommended engine oil
and filter. If the recommended engine oil and filter are not used, replace it
according to the maintenance schedule under severe usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance schedule for engine oil replacement is to
prevent oil deterioration and it is irrelevant to oil consumption. Check and
refill engine oil regularly.
7-26
Maintenance
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring
the level to the F mark, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, see an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for a
cooling system inspection.
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT
OHI078010
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OHI078012
■ 5.0 GDI
7-27
0077
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or
soft water for your vehicle and
never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of
-31°F and higher.
i
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system.
WARNING
OHI078013
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OHI078015
■ 5.0 GDI
7-28
Maintenance
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant
from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
NOTICE
Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause
damage to paint and body trim.
WARNING
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
Always turn off the engine
unless the vehicle has to be
inspected with the engine on.
Be cautious as the cooling fan
may operate if the negative (-)
battery terminal is not discon-
nected.
WARNING
7-29
0077
Checking the Brake Fluid
Level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thor-
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-
ination.
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not allow brake fluid to con-
tact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be dis-
posed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake fluid. A few drops of min-
eral based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can
damage brake system parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
i
NOTICE
BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD
If the brake system requires fre-
quent additions of fluid this
could indicate a leak in the
brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
WARNING
OHI078016
7-30
Maintenance
WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility
when sprayed on the wind-
shield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flamma-
ble.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
WARNING
OHI078017
7-31
0077
Filter Replacement
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace the air cleaner filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed. This will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use Genuine Genesis Part, use
of non-Genuine Genesis Part
could damage the engine.
NOTICE
i
AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR
OHI078018
7-32
Maintenance
Filter Inspection
The cabin air filter should be
replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced soon-
er. Replace the cabin air filter by fol-
lowing the procedure below and be
careful to avoid damaging other com-
ponents.
1. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to
allow the glove box to hang freely
on the hinges.
2. Remove the support rod (1).
3. Press and hold the lock on the left
side of the cover.
4. Pull out the cover.
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
Install a new cabin air filter in the
correct direction with the arrow
symbol (
↓
↓
) facing downwards to
prevent noise and reduced effec-
tiveness.
NOTICE
CCAABBIINN AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR
OHI078051
OHI078052
OHI078050
OHI078055
7-33
0077
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the wind-
shield or the wiper blades with for-
eign matter can reduce the effective-
ness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the win-
dow and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other compo-
nents, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
• In order to prevent damage to
the hood and the wiper arms, the
wiper arms should only be lifted
when in the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to
the windshield before driving.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper mal-
function and failure.
Front windshield wiper service
positions
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off
the engine, lift and hold the wiper
lever up to the MIST position for
about 2 seconds until the wipers
move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers
off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down
onto the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position
to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
NOTICE
WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS
OHI078019
7-34
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
1. Put the front windshield wipers
into the service position.
2. Open the wiper blade clip (1) and
slightly rotate the wiper blade
assembly (2) to expose the plastic
locking clip.
3. Press the locking clip (3) and pull
down the wiper blade assembly
(4).
4. Remove the wiper blade assem-
bly from the wiper arm (5).
5. Install a blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
7. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position. The wiper
arms will return to the normal
operating position.
OHI078075
OHI078076
OHI078077
7-35
0077
• When you do not use the vehicle
for a long time in a low tempera-
ture area, disconnect the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully
to prevent battery case damage
in low temperature areas.
NOTICE
BBAATTTTEERRYY
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignit-
ed.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
WARNING
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING
7-36
Maintenance
Battery Usage
Recommendations
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-
tery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
Battery Replacement
When replacing the battery, discon-
nect the negative (-) cable (1) and
remove the positive (+) battery fuse
box (2). Remove the battery hold
down mounting bracket (3).
OHI078090L
■ Trunk
OHI078088L
OHI078089L
7-37
0077
Battery Recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for exam-
ple, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free
and have the AGM battery serv-
iced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. For
charging your AGM battery, use
only fully automatic battery
chargers that are specially
developed for AGM batteries.
• When replacing the AGM bat-
tery, use parts for replacement
from an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal elec-
trolyte that could result in
severe injury.
NOTICE
Always follow these instruc-
tions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing mainte-
nance or recharging the bat-
tery, turn off all accessories
and press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
WARNING
7-38
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good bat-
tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-
utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle
may not restart if you shut it off
before the battery had a chance to
adequately recharge. See "Jump
Starting" in chapter 6 for more infor-
mation on jump starting procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health.
Dispose of the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
Reset features
The following items may need to be
reset after the battery has been dis-
charged or the battery has been dis-
connected.
• Seat position memory system (See
chapter 3)
• Auto up/down window (See chap-
ter 3)
• Sunroof (See chapter 3)
• Power trunk (See chapter 3)
• Trip computer (See chapter 3)
• Climate control system (See chap-
ter 3)
• Clock (See AVN manual)
• Rear door window curtain (See
chapter 3)
• AVN system (See AVN manual)
i
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the fol-
lowing order:
(a) Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
(b) Unhook the negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal (1).
(c) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal (2).
• Always use a Genuine
Genesis Part approved bat-
tery when you replace the bat-
tery.
OHI079089N
7-39
0077
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pres-
sure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor han-
dling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering) control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
WARNING
OHI088006L
7-40
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recom-
mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pres-
sure or the tires will be under-inflat-
ed. For recommended inflation pres-
sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
• Under-inflation results in exces-
sive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation is also possible.
Keep your tire pressures at the
proper levels. If a tire frequently
needs refilling, have it checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the cen-
ter of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
NOTICE
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long peri-
ods at high speeds.
WARNING
7-41
0077
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflat-
ed when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended pressure. Make sure to
put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If a valve
cap is missing, install a new one as
soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7-42
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
The front tire size is different from the
rear tire size. So when you rotate tires,
check the tire and wheel size.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Improper wheel weights can dam-
age your vehicle's aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
NOTICE
i
Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
WARNING
OHI078079
■ 19 inch tire
7-43
0077
Tire Replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
• It is best to replace all four
tires at the same time. If that
is not possible, or necessary,
then replace the two front or
two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle's
handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, Genesis Branded
Vehicle recommends that
tires be replaced after six (6)
years of normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading con-
ditions can accelerate the
aging process. Failure to fol-
low this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
WARNING
OHI078080
Tread wear indicator
7-44
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.The
compact spare tire is for emer-
gency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
WARNING
7-45
0077
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
245/45 R19 98W
245 - Tire width in millimeters.
45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
98 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.5J X 19
8.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire’s designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
OHI078081
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
7-46
Maintenance
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 2721 represents
that the tire was produced in the 27th
week of 2021.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible infla-
tion pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7-47
0077
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING
7-48
Maintenance
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
WARNING
7-49
0077
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in com-
pliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufactur-
er, production plant, brand and date
of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on light-
weight trucks or multipurpose pas-
senger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The max-
imum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maxi-
mum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
7-50
Maintenance
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mount-
ed on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipur-
pose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the trac-
tion and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, includ-
ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
7-51
0077
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip pro-
vided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information sys-
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equip-
ment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
7-52
Maintenance
All Season Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use all
year round, including snowy and icy
road conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends the use of snow tires or
all season tires on all four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result. Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maxi-
mum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause unusu-
al handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
7-53
0077
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and conse-
quently have a greater contact patch
with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
Because the sidewall of a low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than a
standard tire, the rim of the wheel
and the tire itself is more easily
susceptible to damage. Use cau-
tion when driving and follow the
guidelines below to help minimize
damage to the wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may be
damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam-
aged.
- If the tire is subjected to a severe
impact, have the tire and wheel
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
- Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000km).
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of
tire damage, have the tire
checked or replaced because
the tire damage may cause air
leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pot-
hole, manhole, or curb stone, it
will not be covered by the war-
ranty.
NOTICE
NOTICE
7-54
Maintenance
A vehicle's electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 4 fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bol-
ster, another in the engine compart-
ment, and two others in the trunk
compartment.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, turn the engine and all switches
off, and then disconnect the negative
battery cable. Always replace a
blown fuse with one of the same rat-
ing.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Information
Four kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, multi fuse and fusible link
for higher amperage ratings.
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the sys-
tem.
NOTICE
i
FFUUSSEESS
Normal
Normal
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
Blown
Blown
■ Fusible link
Normal
Blown
OCK077071
NEVER replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tempo-
rary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
WARNING
■ Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
7-55
0077
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool (1) pro-
vided in the engine compartment
fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are
provided in the instrument panel
fuse panels (or in the engine com-
partment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.
Fuse switch
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the
audio system and clock must be
reset and the smart key may not
work properly.
OHI078022
OHI078023
OHI078024
7-56
Maintenance
Information
If the fuse switch is OFF, "Turn FUSE
SWITCH on" message will appear.
• Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving the
vehicle.
• Do not move the fuse switch
repeatedly. The fuse switch may
be damaged.
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
i
OHI078074L
OHI078028
■ Blade type fuse
OHI078029
■ Cartridge type fuse
7-57
0077
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment securely
close the fuse box cover inside
the engine compartment, until it
clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed prop-
erly, water may leak in side, possi-
bly causing a malfunction with the
electrical system.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
i
i
NOTICE
OHI078027
7-58
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
(IGPM : Integrated Gateway
Power Control Module)
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
i
OHI079033N
OHI078032
7-59
0077
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
MODULE5 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module
MODULE7 10A
Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, AMP,
A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Air Quality
Sensor, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH,
Driver/Passenger CCS Module, Rear CCS Module LH/RH,
Parking Collision Avoidance Assist Unit, Driver/Passenger
IMS Control Module, Rear IMS Control Module LH/RH, Rear
Seat Console Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer
Control Module
IBU3 10A
IBU Control Module
Electronic ATM Shift Lever
Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Front
A/C Controller, Instrument Cluster,
Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module, Rear IMS
Control Module LH/RH, Head-Up Display, Analog
Clock, Driver/Passenger Seat Control Switch,
Power Trunk Module, Rear Seat Control Switch
LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside
P/SEAT 25A
Rear IMS Control Module LH
P/SEAT
(DRV) 2
25A Driver IMS Control Module
P/WINDOW (RH)
30A
Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
Module RH
MODULE 6 10A
Crash Pad Switch, Blind Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH,
ECS Unit, Front Console Switch, Front Camera, Steering Tilt
& Telescopic Module
MODULE 10 10A
Cooling Fan Controller (BLDC), Rear Seat Console Switch,
Surround View Monitor, Parking Collision Avoidance Assist
Unit
MODULE3 10A
GATEWAY (B+ (MCU)), Data Link Connector, Hazard
Switch
SUNROOF 25A Sunroof Motor
P/SEAT (PASS) 2
25A Passenger IMS Control Module
OHI078026
7-60
Maintenance
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
P/SEAT
(RR LH) 1
30A
Rear IMS Control Module LH
Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay LH
MODULE8 15A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device
Module
MODULE14 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror
POWER
HANDLE
15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
P/SEAT
(PASS) 1
30A
Passenger IMS Control Module,
Passenger Lumbar Support Unit
P/WINDOW
(LH)
30A
Driver Power Window Module,
Rear Power Window Module LH
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller
MODULE15 10A Passenger Power Outside Mirror
CURTAIN 15A IBU Control Module
MODULE4 10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay), Analog
Clock, IBU Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, AUX
& USB Jack, AMP, Electronic ATM Shift Lever, Front
Wireless Charger, Front Tray, Mood Lamp LH/RH,
Front/Rear Console Lamp, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
Rear Audio Switch, Surround View Unit, Parking Collision
Avoidance Assist Unit
ROOM LAMP 10A
Overhead Console Lamp, Front/Rear Vanity Lamp LH/RH,
Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Glove Box Lamp,
Front Foot Lamp LH/RH, Front Mood Lamp LH/RH
Luggage Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Seat Foot Lamp,
Driver/Passenger Door Inside Handle Lamp, Trunk Lid Main
Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Garnish Lamp, Rear Door
Garnish Lamp LH/RH, Rear Door Inside Handle Lamp
LH/RH
P/SEAT
(DRV) 1
30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Unit
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
7-61
0077
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
PRE-SAFETY
SEAT BELT
10A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
GATEWAY 10A GATEWAY (IG1 (MCU))
BRAKE
SWITCH
10A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU Control Module
IBU2 10A Start/Stop Button Switch
IBU1 15A IBU Control Module
MODULE12 10A Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
MODULE9 10A Multifunction Switch
E-SHIFTER1 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MULTI MEDIA3 10A Rear Audio Switch, Rear USB Jack, Keyboard
MODULE11 10A IBU Control Module
HEATED
STEERING
20A IBU Control Module
MULTI MEDIA1 30A Fuse - MULTI MEDIA2, MULTI MEDIA3
A/C3 10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Co2 Sensor,
Rear Sub Junction Block (Rear Blower Relay), A/C Control
Module, Front Incar Temperature Sensor, Front A/C
Controller, Ionizer
MULTI MEDIA2 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit
POWER
OUTLET5
15A Front Power Outlet RH
POWER
OUTLET6
20A Front Power Outlet LH
7-62
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Engine room junction block)
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
i
OHI079031N
OHI078030
7-63
0077
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
ALT 200A
Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - B+7, COOLING FAN1, B+6,
B+5, B+4, B+3, B+1, (Fuse - WIPER1, FUEL PUMP,
POWER OUTLET1, 4WD, PRESAFETY SEAT BELT1, PRE-
SAFETY SEAT BELT2, P/DOOR DRV, P/DOOR PASS,
P/DOOR RR LH, P/DOOR RR RH, SEAT VENT DRV, SEAT
VENT PASS)
B+1 60A
IGPM (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE14, MODULE15,
Leak Current Autocut Device) (Fuse - ROOM LAMP, MEMO-
RY1, MULTI MEDIA1, MULTI MEDIA2, MULTI MEDIA3)
B+3 60A IGPM (IPS2/IPS3, Fuse - MODULE3, E-SHIFTER1)
B+5 60A
IGPM (Fuse - P/SEAT (RR LH) 2, P/SEAT (DRV) 2, P/WIN-
DOW (RH), SUNROOF, P/SEAT (PASS) 2, P/SEAT (RR LH) 1)
B+4 60A
IGPM (IPS4/IPS8/IPS9/IPS10, Fuse - IBU1, IBU2, MOD-
ULE12)
B+6 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - ECU3, IG2, MODULE1)
B+7 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - ACC, B/UP LAMP, HORN)
B+2 60A
IGPM (Fuse - P/SEAT (DRV) 1, P/SEAT (PASS) 1, P/WIN-
DOW LH, CURTAIN, POWER HANDLE)
B+8 80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - BLOWER FRT, POWER
OUTLET4, A/C2)
MDPS1 125A MDPS Unit
POWER
OUTLET3
20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
POWER
OUTLET2
20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
VACUUM
PUMP
40A [3.3 T-GDI] Vacuum Pump Relay
ESC1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ESC2 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
DEICER 20A Front Deicer Relay
7-64
Maintenance
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
POWER
OUTLET1
40A Power Outlet Relay
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
WIPER1 30A Wiper Motor
SEAT VENT
DRV
20A Driver CCS Module, Driver Seat Warmer Control Module
SEAT VENT
PASS
20A
Passenger CCS Module, Passenger Seat Warmer Control
Module
4WD 30A 4WD ECM
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT1
30A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT2
30A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch
P/DOOR PASS
15A Passenger Door Latch
P/DOOR RR
LH
15A Rear Door Latch LH
P/DOOR RR
RH
15A Rear Door Latch RH
IG2 30A IG2 Relay
ECU3 30A Engine Control Relay
MODULE1 10A 4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar
WIPER2 10A Wiper Relay
WASHER 20A Washer Relay
SENSOR2 10A
[3.3 T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, RCV Control
Solenoid Valve, Electronic Thermostat
[5.0 GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, Electronic
Thermostat
7-65
0077
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
SENSOR1 10A
[3.3 T-GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Pressure
Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
[5.0 GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/ Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close
Valve
SENSOR3 10A Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
SENSOR4 10A
[5.0 GDI] Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/
Exhaust)
IGN COIL 15A
[3.3 T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
[5.0 GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8
ECU4 20A ECM
ECU5 20A ECM
A/C2 10A A/Con Comp Relay
POWER
OUTLET4
20A Power Outlet #2 Relay
A/C1 10A A/C Control Module
BLOWER FRT 40A Front Blower Relay
IG1 40A IG1 Relay
START 30A Engine Room Junction Block (Start Relay)
ECU1 15A ECM
TCU1 20A TCM
ESC3 10A ESC Control Module
7-66
Maintenance
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
MODULE2 10A 4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar
MDPS2 10A MDPS Unit, Steering Angle Sensor
SENSOR5 10A
[3.3 T-GDI] Engine Room Junction Block (Vacuum Pump-
Relay), Brake Vacuum Switch
HORN 20A Horn Relay
ECU2 10A ECM
TCU2 15A TCM, B/UP Lamp Relay, P/N Relay
B/UP
LAMP
10A B/Up Lamp Relay
ACC 40A ACC Relay
7-67
0077
Trunk fuse panel
(Rear sub junction block)
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
i
OHI079036N
OHI078034
7-68
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
REAR HEATED 40A Rear Defogger Relay
POWER
TRUNK
30A Power Trunk Module
DOOR LOCK2 15A Passenger Door Module
RDM LH 15A Rear Door Module LH
P/SEAT
(RR RH) 2
25A Rear IMS Control Module RH
AIR BAG 15A Air Bag Relay
RDM RH 15A Rear Door Module RH
S/HEATER
(RR RH)
20A
Rear CCS Module RH,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH
AMP 25A AMP (Premium, Premium High)
P/SEAT
(RR RH) 1
30A
Rear IMS Control Module RH,
Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay RH
P/SEAT
(RR RH) 3
15A Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module RH
P/SEAT
(RR LH) 3
15A Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module LH
ECS 10A ECS Unit
FUEL LID 10A Fuel Lid Open Relay, Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch
DOOR LOCK1 10A Driver Door Module
TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay
S/HEATER
(RR LH)
20A
Rear CCS Module LH,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH
BLOWER RR 20A Rear Blower Relay
7-69
0077
Trunk fuse panel
(Battery junction block)
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
i
OHI078088L
OHI078065
7-70
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected
B+9 100A
Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuse - REAR HEATED, POWER
TRUNK, DOOR LOCK2, RDM LH, P/SEAT (RR RH) 2, AIR
BAG, RDM RH, AMP, S/HEATER (RR RH), P/SEAT (RR
RH) 1, P/SEAT (RR RH) 3, P/SEAT (RR LH) 3, ECS, FUEL
LID, DOOR LOCK1, TRUNK, S/HEATER (RR LH), BLOW-
ER RR)
START 80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - START, ECU1, TCU1,
IG1)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
7-71
0077
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can get
to the bulb. This is especially true for
removing the headlamp assembly to
get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
Information
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses
could appear frosty if the vehicle is
washed after driving or the vehicle is
driven at night in wet weather. This
condition is caused by temperature
difference between the lamp inside and
outside and, it does not indicate a
problem with your vehicle. When
moisture condenses in the lamp, it will
be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level
may differ depending on lamp size,
lamp position and environmental con-
dition. However, if moisture is not
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the headlamp with chemical sol-
vents or strong detergents.
Information
• A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily to stabilize the
vehicle's electrical control system.
However, if the lamp goes out after
flickering momentarily, or contin-
ues to flicker, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• The parking lamp may not turn on
when the parking lamp switch is
turned on, but the parking lamp
and headlamp switch may turn on
when the headlamp switch is turned
on. This may be caused by network
failure or vehicle electrical control
system malfunction. If this occurs,
have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the foot brake, shift
the gear to P (Park) apply the
parking brake, place the
Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position, and take the
key with you when leaving the
vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot
and may burn your fingers.
WARNING
7-72
Maintenance
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn
Signal Lamp, Daytime Running
Light and Side Marker
Replacement
(1) Headlamp (Low)
(2) Headlamp (High/Low)
(3) Parking lamp
(4) Turn signal/Daytime running light/
Parking lamp
(5) Side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement
If the side repeater lamp (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the system
be checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OHI079039N
OHI078040
7-73
0077
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement
(1) Stop/Tail lamp
(2) Turn signal
(3) Backup lamp
(4) Side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Light
Replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1) does not operate, have the sys-
tem be checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OHI079091N OHI078043
7-74
Maintenance
License Plate Light
Replacement replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1) does not operate, have the sys-
tem be checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Interior Light Bulb
Replacement
OHI078044
■ Front lamps
■ Rear lamps
• Type B
• Type A
■ Glove box lamp
OHI078066/OHI078068/OHI078069/OHI078046
7-75
0077
If the interior lamp (LED) (1) does not
operate, have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
■ Trunk lamp
■ Vanity mirror lamp
■ Rear mirror lamp
OHI078045/OHI078071/OHI078070
7-76
Maintenance
Exterior Care
If you park your vehicle near a
stainless steel sign or glass
facade building, the vehicle's exte-
rior plastic parts such as a
bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or
side view mirror might be dam-
aged due to sunlight reflected
from the sign or building. To pre-
vent damage of the exterior plas-
tic parts, you should avoid park-
ing in areas where light may be
reflected or use a car cover. (The
exterior plastic parts applied to
your vehicle may vary.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure noz-
zles, which induce either one-direct
water stream or water swirling.
NOTICE
AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE
7-77
0077
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
• Do not use strong soap, chemi-
cal detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemi-
cal solvents or strong deter-
gents.
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical cir-
cuits located in the engine com-
partment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OHI079049N
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING
7-78
Maintenance
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses
rotating brushes should not be
used as this can damage the sur-
face of your vehicle. A steam
cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may
result the oil to adhere and leave
stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing
your vehicle and dry with a
microfiber towel. When you hand
wash your vehicle, you should not
use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami-
nant, etc.), clean the surface with
water before washing the car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barri-
er between your paint and environ-
mental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plat-
ed or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deteriora-
tion.
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector
such as a detergent, an abrasive
and a polish. In case wax is
applied, remove the wax immedi-
ately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to
clean. However, be careful not to
apply too much pressure on the
painted area.
NOTICE
NOTICENOTICE
7-79
0077
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehi-
cles, it is impossible to modify
only the damaged area and repair
of the whole part is necessary. If
the vehicle is damaged and paint-
ing is required, have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Take extreme
care, as it is difficult to restore the
quality after the repair.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, acceler-
ated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
body and wheel openings with luke-
warm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rust-
ing.
NOTICE
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING
7-80
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, clean the wheels
after driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use cleaners containing
acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces cars of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job.
To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver,
the owner’s cooperation and assis-
tance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
7-81
0077
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials. This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
7-82
Maintenance
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your car in a damp, poor-
ly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
into the garage when it is still wet or
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even
a heated garage can contribute to
corrosion unless it is well ventilated
so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-
tacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discol-
oration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/ alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
NOTICE
7-83
0077
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.
Also, its fire-resistant properties can
be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a nat-
ural product, each part differs in
thickness or density.
- Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driv-
ing comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage are
not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat
fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It
may change the nature of natu-
ral leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the sur-
face of the seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
NOTICE
7-84
Maintenance
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and main-
tain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat
cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of a proper leather protector
may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color.
- Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protec-
tive agents.
- Light colored(beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated
and the stain is noticeable. Clean
the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each con-
taminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
nations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natu-
ral leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
• Handling prime napa leather
(if equipped)
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight
and heat exposure naturally fades
and dries out napa leather, causing
wrinkles and discoloration. If the
napa leather is wet with liquid, imme-
diately clean it with lint-free cloth to
minimize damage. Do not scratch the
napa leather surface with a sharp
object. If your napa leather seat is
bright colored, it may be contaminat-
ed or stained from dyed materials
such as jeans.
7-85
0077
Interior wooden trim
• Use a wooden furniture protector
(e.g. wax, coating compound) to
clean the interior wooden trim.
• Often wipe the interior wooden trim
with a lint-free, clean cloth to main-
tain the unique wooden textures for
a longer period of time.
• If you spill beverage (e.g. water,
coffee) over the interior wooden
trim, immediately wipe it with
clean, dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),
adhesive materials, or tapes
may damage the interior wooden
trim.
• Any strong impacts may dam-
age the interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the
interior wooden trim is removed,
moisture may damage or
change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is
damaged, you may get a splinter
from the wood surface.
Therefore, you should immedi-
ately have the damaged interior
wooden trim replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
NOTICE
NOTICE
7-86
Maintenance
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
this manual.
For the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (
with Electronic Stability Control
system)
• To prevent the vehicle from mis-
firing during dynamometer test-
ing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control system off by pressing
the ESC switch (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-
ister while refueling at the gas sta-
tion, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
NOTICE
EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
7-87
0077
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module; when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms-up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monox-
ide) precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the win-
dows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
and parts, including compo-
nents found in the interior fur-
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects and repro-
ductive harm. In addition, cer-
tain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of compo-
nent wear contain or emit chem-
icals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
WARNING
7-88
Maintenance
Operating precautions for cat-
alytic converters (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device. To prevent damage to the
catalytic converter and to your vehi-
cle, take the following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunc-
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the engine off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level. If you run out of gasoline,
it could cause the engine to misfire
and result in excessive loading of
the catalytic converter.
The exhaust system and cat-
alytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running. To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic convert-
er or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion con-
trol. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
WARNING
7-89
0077
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-
ardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt preten-
sioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to
Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE
8
88.. SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss,,
CCoonnssuummeerr iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn aanndd
RReeppoorrttiinngg ssaaffeettyy ddeeffeeccttss
Dimensions....................................8-2
Engine ............................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ................................8-3
Tires and Wheels ..........................8-4
Luggage Volume ..........................8-5
Gross Vehicle Weight....................8-5
Air Conditioning System ..............8-5
Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities......................................8-6
Recommended SAE Viscosity
Number ............................................8-7
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) ..............................................8-8
Vehicle Certification Label ..........8-8
Tire Specification and Pressure
Label ..............................................8-8
Engine Number ............................8-9
Consumer Information................8-10
Reporting Safety Defects ............8-11
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS
8-2
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Items in (mm)
Overall length 204.9 (5,205)
Overall width 75.4 (1,915)
Overall height 58.9 (1,495)
Front tread 245/45 R19 64.6 (1,640)
Rear tread 275/40 R19 64.5 (1,639)
Wheelbase 124.4 (3,160)
Items 3.3 T-GDI 5.0 GDI
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
203.94 (3,342) 307.43 (5,038)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
3.62x3.29 (92x84) 3.77x3.42 (96x87)
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3
No. of cylinders 6, V-type 8, V-type
EENNGGIINNEE
BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE
8-3
0088
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Front
Headlamp
Low LED LED
High/Low LED LED
Turn signal lamp
LED LED
Parking lamp
Side marker
Daytime running light
Side repeater lamp
Rear
Rear combination lamp
Stop lamp
LED LED
Tail lamp
Turn signal lamp
Backup lamp
Side marker
High mounted stop lamp
License plate lamp
Interior
Front lamps
LED LED
Rear lamps
Front vanity mirror lamp
Rear mirror lamp
Globe box lamp
Trunk lamp
8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
* Normal load : Up to 3 persons
Information
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if cold-
er temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every
12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area
above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire
pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation
per altitude: +2.4psi/1mile )
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or
not work properly.
NOTICE
i
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
Item Tire size
Wheel
size
Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)]
Wheel lug
nut torque
[kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)]
Normal load * Maximum load
Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
245/45
R19
8.5Jx19
240
(35)
-
240
(35)
-
11~13
(79~94,
107~127)
275/40
R19
9.5Jx19 -
240
(35)
-
240
(35)
Compact
spare tire
T155/70
R19
4.0Tx19
420
(60)
420
(60)
420
(60)
420
(60)
AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
8-5
0088
Items
3.3 T-GDI 5.0 GDI
2WD AWD 2WD AWD
Gross vehicle weight
lbs (kg)
5,578 (2,530) 5,732 (2,600) 5,710 (2,590) 5,864 (2,660)
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
Items Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
22.22±0.88 (630±25) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
cu. in (cc)
3.52±0.35 (100±10) PAG (FD46XG)
GGRROOSSSS VVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT
ltem 3.3 T-GDI 5.0 GDI
SAE
15.67 cu ft (444 l)
LLUUGGGGAAGGEE VVOOLLUUMMEE
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use
only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote
engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS
8-6
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
3.3 T-GDI
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
ACEA A5 or above *
3
/
5W-30 (SAE Viscosity Number)
5.0
GDI
2WD
8.45 US qt. (8.0 l)
API SM & ILSAC GF-4 or
above *
4
/
5W-20 (SAE Viscosity Number)
AWD
9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)
Automatic
transmission fluid
9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/
Hyundai ATF SP-IV-RR or other
brands meeting the above
specification approved by
Genesis Customer Care
Engine coolant
3.3 T-GDI
10.36 US qt. (9.8 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Ethylene glycol based coolant
for aluminum radiator)
5.0
GDI
2WD
12.68 US qt. (12.0 l)
AWD
12.05 US qt. (11.4 l)
Brake fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt.
(0.7~0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-4
Front differential oil (AWD) *
5
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
Hypoid gear oil MS517-15GT
75W/85 (GL-5)
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL
75W/85 or equivalent)
Rear differential oil *
5
1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.66 US qt. (0.62 l)
SHELL TF0870B
Fuel
21.9 US gal. (83 l)
Refer to “Fuel Requirements” in
the Introduction chapter.
*
1
: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other
additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel
necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to
measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and
energy savings.
*
3
: If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API
SM & ILSAC GF4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
*
4
: If the API SM & ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able
to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3.
*
5
: If the front/rear differential is submerged, visit an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace differential oil.
8-7
0088
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weath-
er operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine
oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, howev-
er, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot
weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could
result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temper-
ature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to
select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
NOTICE
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your
country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*
2
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4
(or above)). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Engine
Oil
3.3 Turbo-
GDI
*
1
5.0 GDI
*
2
°C
(°F)
5W-30
5W-20
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the
international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It
is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API
Certification Mark.
8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
The vehicle identification number is
the number used in registering your
car and in all legal matters pertaining
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver's side center
pillar gives the Vehicle Identification
Number.
TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD
P
PRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your car.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN
NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))
V
VEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN
LLAABBEELL
OHI088001
■ Frame number
OHI088007L
■ VIN label
OHI089002N
OHI088006L
8-9
0088
EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
OHI088003
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OHI088004
■ 5.0 GDI
8-10
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
C
COONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S.
Department of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will
help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed
all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions
in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings
"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Genesis Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
Washington, DC. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS
8-11
0088
I
IInnddeexx
Accessing Your Vehicle..........................................................................................3-3
Immobilizer System ......................................................................................3-8
Smart Key......................................................................................................3-3
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System...........................................2-57
Additional Safety Precautions.....................................................................2-80
Air Bag Warning Labels..............................................................................2-81
How Does the Air Bags System Operate? ..................................................2-63
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ......................................................2-68
SRS Care .....................................................................................................2-79
What to Expect after an Air Bag Inflates....................................................2-67
Where Are the Air Bags? ............................................................................2-59
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?.........................................2-74
Air Cleaner ...........................................................................................................7-31
Filter Replacement ......................................................................................7-31
Air Conditioning System........................................................................................8-5
All Wheel Drive (AWD) .....................................................................................5-39
Emergency Precautions...............................................................................5-42
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)...................................................................5-39
Appearance Care ..................................................................................................7-76
Exterior Care ...............................................................................................7-76
Interior Care ................................................................................................7-82
Automatic Climate Control System ...................................................................3-115
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning .................................................3-116
Manual Heating and Air Conditioning......................................................3-117
System Maintenance .................................................................................3-128
System Operation ......................................................................................3-127
Automatic Transmission.......................................................................................5-10
Automatic Transmission Operation ...........................................................5-10
Good Driving Practices ..............................................................................5-19
LCD Display Messages...............................................................................5-16
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)...........................................................5-15
Parking ........................................................................................................5-15
Shift-lock System ........................................................................................5-14
When the Battery is Discharged .................................................................5-14
I-2
Index
A
Battery ..................................................................................................................7-35
Battery Recharging......................................................................................7-37
Battery Replacement ...................................................................................7-36
Battery Usage Recommendations ...............................................................7-36
Reset features ..............................................................................................7-38
Before Driving........................................................................................................5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle ..........................................................................5-4
Before Starting ..............................................................................................5-4
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)/
Blind-spot Collision-avoidance Assist (BCA) .....................................................5-68
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar)........................................................5-75
Limitations of the System ...........................................................................5-78
System Description .....................................................................................5-68
System Malfunction ....................................................................................5-77
System Setting and Operation.....................................................................5-69
Warning and System Control ......................................................................5-72
Blind-Spot View Monitor System......................................................................5-144
Brake Fluid...........................................................................................................7-29
Checking the Brake Fluid Level .................................................................7-29
Braking System ....................................................................................................5-21
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................................................5-31
Auto Hold....................................................................................................5-27
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ........................................................................5-22
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .................................................................5-22
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .............................................................5-33
Good Braking Practices .............................................................................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)..................................................................5-37
Power Brakes ..............................................................................................5-21
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)........................................................5-36
Bulb Wattage ..........................................................................................................8-3
I-3
II
B
Cabin Air Filter ....................................................................................................7-32
Filter Inspection ..........................................................................................7-32
California Perchlorate Notice...............................................................................7-89
Child Restraint System.........................................................................................2-46
Children Always in the Rear .......................................................................2-46
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................................................2-49
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................2-47
Climate Control Additional Features .................................................................3-133
Automatic Ventilation ...............................................................................3-134
Clean Air ..................................................................................................3-134
Setting the Climate Control System in the AVN System Screen..............3-135
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................................................3-135
Coasting................................................................................................................5-49
Coasting Operating Conditions...................................................................5-49
Coasting Release Conditions ......................................................................5-50
Coasting Setting .........................................................................................5-49
Consumer Information .........................................................................................8-10
Declaration of Conformity .................................................................................5-162
Front Radar................................................................................................5-162
Rear Corner Radar ....................................................................................5-163
Defroster.............................................................................................................3-130
Front Wiper Deicer....................................................................................3-130
Rear Window Defroster ............................................................................3-130
Dimensions.............................................................................................................8-2
Door Locks.............................................................................................................3-9
Auto Door Lock and Unlock Features........................................................3-13
Child-Protector Rear Door locks ................................................................3-13
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ..........................................3-11
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle .........................................3-9
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System ...................................................................3-14
Drive Mode Integrated Control System...............................................................5-45
Drive Mode .................................................................................................5-45
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System .........................................................5-145
Resetting the System ................................................................................5-147
System Malfunction ..................................................................................5-147
System Setting and Operation...................................................................5-145
System Standby.........................................................................................5-147
I-4
Index
C
D
Emission Control System.....................................................................................7-86
Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................................................7-86
Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling
Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ..........................................................................7-86
Exhaust Emission Control System..............................................................7-87
Engine.....................................................................................................................8-2
Engine Compartment..............................................................................................1-7
Engine Compartment..............................................................................................7-3
Engine Coolant.....................................................................................................7-26
Changing Engine Coolant ...........................................................................7-28
Checking the Engine Coolant Level ...........................................................7-26
Engine Number ......................................................................................................8-9
Engine Oil ............................................................................................................7-23
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ............................................................7-25
Checking the Engine Oil Level...................................................................7-23
Engine Start/Stop Button........................................................................................5-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions ..............................................................5-7
Starting the Engine .......................................................................................5-8
Turning Off the Engine .................................................................................5-9
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items.....................................................7-20
Exterior Features ..................................................................................................3-45
Fuel Filler Door...........................................................................................3-55
Hood ............................................................................................................3-45
Smart Trunk.................................................................................................3-52
Trunk ...........................................................................................................3-46
Exterior Overview ..................................................................................................1-2
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist - Lane-Change Oncoming ........................5-66
Limitations of the System ...........................................................................5-67
System Setting and Operation.....................................................................5-66
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) System
- Sensor Fusion Type (Front Radar + Front Camera)........................................5-51
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front Camera) ...................................................5-56
FCA Warning Message and Brake Control.................................................5-53
Limitations of the System ...........................................................................5-59
System Malfunction ....................................................................................5-58
System Setting and Operation.....................................................................5-51
I-5
II
E
F
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .......................................3-110
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system ...............................3-111
Non-operational Conditions of Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system ..........................................3-113
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System Precautions.........3-114
Fuses.....................................................................................................................7-54
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement..........................................7-56
Fuse/Relay Panel Description .....................................................................7-58
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement...........................................................7-55
Genesis adaptive control suspension ..................................................................5-44
Dynamic Stability Damping Control (DSDC)............................................5-44
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS).........................................................5-44
Gross Vehicle Weight .............................................................................................8-5
Hazard Warning Flasher.........................................................................................6-2
Head-Up Display..................................................................................................3-86
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) System............................................................5-138
System Setting and Operation...................................................................5-139
Warning Message ......................................................................................5-141
If the Engine Overheats..........................................................................................6-7
If the Engine Will Not Start ...................................................................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly...............................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ..................................6-3
If You Have a Flat Tire.........................................................................................6-15
Jack Label....................................................................................................6-21
Important Safety Precautions .................................................................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards............................................................................................2-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt.........................................................................2-2
Control Your Speed .......................................................................................2-3
Driver Distraction..........................................................................................2-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ...........................................................2-3
Restrain All Children ....................................................................................2-2
I-6
Index
G
H
I
In Case of an Emergency While Driving ...............................................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving................................................................6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving .........................................................6-3
Infotainment System ..............................................................................................4-2
Antenna .........................................................................................................4-3
Audio / Video / Navigation System ..............................................................4-5
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology ..................................................................4-6
DVD Player...................................................................................................4-5
Steering Wheel Audio Control ......................................................................4-4
USB Port .......................................................................................................4-2
Instrument Cluster ................................................................................................3-58
Gauges and Meters......................................................................................3-59
Instrument Cluster Control..........................................................................3-59
LCD Display Messages...............................................................................3-75
Transmission Shift Indicator .......................................................................3-63
Warning and Indicator Lights .....................................................................3-64
Instrument Panel Overview (l)...............................................................................1-5
Instrument Panel Overview (ll)..............................................................................1-6
Interior Features .................................................................................................3-137
Bag Hanger................................................................................................3-146
Clock .........................................................................................................3-145
Coat hook ..................................................................................................3-145
Cup Holder ................................................................................................3-139
Floor Mat Anchor(s)..................................................................................3-146
Luggage Net Holder .................................................................................3-147
Power Outlet..............................................................................................3-141
Rear Mirror ..............................................................................................3-140
Rear Side Window Sunshade ....................................................................3-148
Rear Window Sunshade ...........................................................................3-147
Sunvisor.....................................................................................................3-140
USB Charger .............................................................................................3-142
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ...............................................3-143
Interior Overview ...................................................................................................1-4
Jump Starting..........................................................................................................6-4
Push-Starting .................................................................................................6-6
I-7
II
J
Lane Following Assist (LFA) System................................................................5-125
LFA Setting and Operation .......................................................................5-126
Limitations of the System .........................................................................5-129
Warning Message ......................................................................................5-127
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System..................................................................5-131
Limitations of the System .........................................................................5-136
LKA operation...........................................................................................5-132
LKA System Setting ...............................................................................5-137
Warning Light and Message .....................................................................5-134
LCD Display ........................................................................................................3-82
LCD Display Control ..................................................................................3-82
LCD Display Modes ...................................................................................3-83
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert........................................................................5-120
System Setting and Operation...................................................................5-120
Light Bulbs...........................................................................................................7-71
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light
and Side Marker Replacement..................................................................7-72
High Mounted Stop Light Replacement .....................................................7-73
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ................................................................7-74
License Plate Light Replacement................................................................7-74
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement...............................................7-73
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................................................7-72
Lighting ................................................................................................................3-92
Exterior Lights ............................................................................................3-92
Interior Lights............................................................................................3-100
Welcome System .....................................................................................3-103
Luggage Volume.....................................................................................................8-5
Maintenance Services.............................................................................................7-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions ..................................................................7-5
Owner's Responsibility..................................................................................7-5
Mirrors..................................................................................................................3-23
Inside Rearview Mirror...............................................................................3-23
Reverse Parking Aid Function ....................................................................3-32
Side View Mirrors .......................................................................................3-34
I-8
Index
L
M
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control............................................................5-121
System Setting and Operation...................................................................5-122
Owner Maintenance ...............................................................................................7-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule ......................................................................7-7
Parking Collision-avoidance Assist-Reverse (PCA)............................................5-95
Detecting Sensor .........................................................................................5-98
Limitations of the System .........................................................................5-100
System Malfunction ..................................................................................5-100
System Setting and Operation.....................................................................5-95
Warning and System Control ......................................................................5-96
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-avoidance Assist (RCCA) ...................................5-82
Detecting Sensor .........................................................................................5-88
Limitations of the System ...........................................................................5-90
System Description .....................................................................................5-82
System Malfunction ....................................................................................5-89
System Setting and Operation.....................................................................5-83
Warning and System Control ......................................................................5-85
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities .............................................................8-6
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number ........................................................8-7
Reporting Safety Defects .....................................................................................8-11
I-9
II
N
O
P
R
Scheduled Maintenance Service ............................................................................7-9
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (3.3 Turbo-GDI)................7-18
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (5.0 GDI) ..........................7-13
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.3 Turbo-GDI) .......................................7-15
Normal Maintenance Schedule (5.0 GDI) ..................................................7-10
Seat Belts..............................................................................................................2-32
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions .....................................................2-42
Care of Seat Belts........................................................................................2-45
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB).........................................................................2-41
Seat Belt Restraint System..........................................................................2-34
Seat Belt Safety Precautions .......................................................................2-32
Seat Belt Warning Light..............................................................................2-33
Seat Position Memory System .............................................................................3-16
Easy Access Function..................................................................................3-18
Recalling Positions from Memory ..............................................................3-17
Resetting the Seat Position Memory System..............................................3-17
Storing Positions into Memory ...................................................................3-16
Seats ......................................................................................................................2-4
Front Seats.....................................................................................................2-7
Head Restraints ...........................................................................................2-22
Rear Seats....................................................................................................2-14
Safety Precautions.........................................................................................2-6
Seat Warmers and Coolers ..........................................................................2-28
Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go System..................................................5-102
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ..................................5-104
Converting to Cruise Control Mode .........................................................5-104
Limitations of the System .........................................................................5-115
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead.......................................5-113
Smart Cruise Control Speed......................................................................5-105
Smart Cruise Control Switch ....................................................................5-103
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...................................5-110
System Malfunction ..................................................................................5-114
Smart Posture Care System..................................................................................3-19
Special Driving Conditions ................................................................................5-149
Driving at Night ........................................................................................5-150
Driving in Flooded Areas..........................................................................5-151
Driving in the Rain....................................................................................5-150
Hazardous Driving Conditions..................................................................5-149
Highway Driving.......................................................................................5-151
I-10
Index
S
Rocking the Vehicle ..................................................................................5-150
Smooth Cornering .....................................................................................5-151
Steering wheel ......................................................................................................3-20
Heated Steering Wheel................................................................................3-21
Horn.............................................................................................................3-22
Motor-Driven Power Steering (MDPS) ......................................................3-20
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering ..............................................................3-21
Storage Compartment.........................................................................................3-137
Center Console Storage.............................................................................3-137
Glove Box .................................................................................................3-138
Rear Console Storage................................................................................3-137
Sunglass Holder ........................................................................................3-138
Sunroof .................................................................................................................3-41
Resetting the Sunroof..................................................................................3-44
Sunroof Open Warning................................................................................3-44
Sunroof Opening and Closing.....................................................................3-42
Sunshade......................................................................................................3-43
Tilting the Sunroof ......................................................................................3-43
Surround View Monitor ....................................................................................3-108
Theft-Alarm System.............................................................................................3-15
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............................................................6-9
Changing a Tire with TPMS .......................................................................6-13
Check Tire Pressure ......................................................................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator...........................6-11
Low Tire Pressure Telltale...........................................................................6-11
Tire Pressure Monitoring System................................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ......................................................................6-12
Tire Specification and Pressure Label....................................................................8-8
Tires and Wheels ..................................................................................................7-39
Tires and Wheels ....................................................................................................8-4
All Season Tires ..........................................................................................7-52
Check Tire Inflation Pressure......................................................................7-41
Low Aspect Ratio Tires...............................................................................7-53
Radial-Ply Tires...........................................................................................7-52
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .............................................7-40
Snow Tires...................................................................................................7-52
Summer Tires ..............................................................................................7-52
Tire Care......................................................................................................7-39
Tire Maintenance.........................................................................................7-44
I-11
II
T
Tire Replacement ........................................................................................7-43
Tire Rotation ...............................................................................................7-41
Tire Sidewall Labeling ................................................................................7-44
Tire Terminology and Definitions...............................................................7-48
Tire Traction................................................................................................7-44
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................................................7-42
Wheel Replacement ....................................................................................7-44
Towing..................................................................................................................6-22
Emergency Towing......................................................................................6-24
Removable Towing Hook ...........................................................................6-24
Towing Service............................................................................................6-22
Trailer Towing ....................................................................................................5-161
Trip Computer ......................................................................................................3-86
Trip Modes ..................................................................................................3-86
Vehicle Certification Label ....................................................................................8-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ....................................................................8-8
Vehicle Load Limit.............................................................................................5-156
Tire Loading Information Label................................................................5-157
Vehicle Settngs .....................................................................................................3-85
Washer Fluid.........................................................................................................7-30
Checking the Washer Fluid Level ...............................................................7-30
Windows...............................................................................................................3-33
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ..............................................................3-131
Auto Defogging System ...........................................................................3-133
Winter Driving ...................................................................................................5-152
Snow or Icy Conditions ............................................................................5-152
Winter Precautions ....................................................................................5-154
Wiper Blades ........................................................................................................7-33
Blade Inspection..........................................................................................7-33
Blade Replacement......................................................................................7-33
Wipers and Washers ...........................................................................................3-105
Windshield Washers .................................................................................3-106
Windshield Wipers ...................................................................................3-105
I-12
Index
W
V
